NUCE Final Project

SKY GARDEN TOWER 16 QUANG TRUNG - DOCUMENTATION
TABLE OF CONTENT
PREFACE .......................................................................................................... 1
PART I: ARCHITECTURE ............................................................................... 2

I. GENERAL INTRODUCTION ..................................................................... 3
1. Circumstance ............................................................................................. 3
2. Project ....................................................................................................... 4
3. Owner ....................................................................................................... 4
4. Location .................................................................................................... 5
5. Design ....................................................................................................... 5
6. Flexible choice ........................................................................................... 6
7. Scale and general feature............................................................................. 7
II. ARCHITECTURE SOLUTION ................................................................... 8
1. Master Plan................................................................................................ 8
2. Site View and Plan View............................................................................. 8
3. Lighting system........................................................................................ 19
4. Ventilation system .................................................................................... 19
5. Electrical system ...................................................................................... 19
6. Water supply and drainage system ............................................................. 19
7. Fire protection system............................................................................... 19
PART II: STRUCTURE ................................................................................... 21

CHAPTER I: SOLUTION IN STRUCTURE .................................................... 22
I. SOLUTION FOR MATERIALS............................................................. 22
1. Concrete .......................................................................................... 23
2. Reinforcement .................................................................................. 24
II. SOLUTION FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE................................................. 24
1. Types of superstructure for high-rise building ..................................... 24
2. Superstructure selection .................................................................... 25
III. FOUNDATION SOLUTION .................................................................. 26
1. Basis structural system ...................................................................... 26
2. Foundation structure selection............................................................ 27
IV. PRELIMINARY SELECTION OF STRUC TURE DIMENSIONS ......... 28
1. Shear wall and column ...................................................................... 28
2. Core wall ......................................................................................... 30
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 i

3. Slab ................................................................................................. 30
4. Beam ............................................................................................... 30
CHAPTER II: LOADS ..................................................................................... 39
I. PREFERENCE....................................................................................... 39
II. DEAD LOAD.......................................................................................... 39
1. Self – weight .................................................................................... 39
2. Super dead load ................................................................................ 39
III. LIVE LOAD ........................................................................................... 42
IV. WIND LOAD.......................................................................................... 43
1. General building description .............................................................. 43
2. Static wind load................................................................................ 44
3. Dynamic wind load ........................................................................... 45
CHAPTER III: BUILDING MODELING INFORMATION............................. 56
I. MODEL OF CALCULATION................................................................ 56
II. STRUCTURE RIGIDITY AND BUILDING DISPLACEMENT ............. 60
1. Checking of horizontal displacement .................................................. 60
2. Checking of story drift ...................................................................... 61
III. LOAD COMBINATION......................................................................... 62
CHAPTER III: BEAM DESIGN ...................................................................... 63
I. REFERENCES....................................................................................... 63
II. DESIGN CONCEPT............................................................................... 63
III. CALCULATION .................................................................................... 65
1. Materials.......................................................................................... 65
2. Calculation of beam B1-5 (400x1450) span 1, 1st floor......................... 65
3. Calculation of beam B2-5 (400x1450) span 1, 2nd floor ........................ 68
IV. CALCULATION SUMMARY ................................................................ 70
1. Internal force combination of beam .................................................... 70
2. Reinforcement summary of beam....................................................... 70
CHATER IV: SHEAR WALL DESIGN ........................................................... 71
I. REFERENCES....................................................................................... 71
II. DESIGN CONCEPT............................................................................... 71
1. Design assumption............................................................................ 71
2. Interaction diagram establishment ...................................................... 71
3. Design couple of force (M-N) ............................................................ 72
III. CALCULATION .................................................................................... 73
1. Material ........................................................................................... 73
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 ii

2. Interaction diagram of shear wall W1-9 to W8-9 ................................. 74

IV. CALCULATION SUMMARY ................................................................ 79
CHAPTER V: POST-TENSIONING SLAB DESIGN ....................................... 80
I. REFERENCES....................................................................................... 80
II. CALCULATION .................................................................................... 80
1. Materials.......................................................................................... 80
2. Load case and load combination......................................................... 81
3. Design strip...................................................................................... 82
4. Pre-stress forces and losses ................................................................ 83
5. Tendon profile and arrangement......................................................... 85
III. FLEXURAL SECTION DESIGN ........................................................... 94
1. Serviceability limit state: Stress at transfer .......................................... 94
2. Serviceability limit state: Stress after all losses ...................................101
3. Ultimate limit state ..........................................................................110
IV. DEFLECTION CHECK ........................................................................119
CHAPTER VI: FOUNDATION DESIGN ........................................................121
I. DESIGN DOCUMENT ..........................................................................121
1. Design document of the building .......................................................121
2. Geological document .......................................................................123
1. Prefabricated reinforced concrete pile ................................................125
2. Bored pile .......................................................................................125
3. Selection.........................................................................................126
III. BORED PILE FOUNDATION DESIGN................................................126
1. Materials.........................................................................................126
2. Preliminary dimensions ....................................................................127
3. Bearing capacity of bored pile...........................................................128
4. Bored pile quantity and arrangement .................................................131
5. Checking bearing capacity of bored piles ...........................................133
6. Punching shear checking ..................................................................135
7. Pile cap reinforcement determination.................................................139
8. General checking bored pile foundation .............................................141
9. Checking settlement condition ..........................................................145
PART III: CONSTRUCTION .........................................................................147

CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT INFORMATION AND
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGIES ............................................................148
I. PROJECT INFORMATION .................................................................148
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 iii
1. Project location ...............................................................................148

2. Structure system ..............................................................................148
3. Geotechnical and hydrological condition ...........................................148
II. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGIES FOR SUBSTRUCTURE ...........148
1. Introduction of construction methods.................................................148
2. Selection basement construction method for this project......................150
CHAPTER II: LARSEN SHEET PILE CONSTRUCTION .............................155
I. GENERAL CONCEPT..........................................................................155
II. CONSTRUCTION DESIGN FOR LARSEN SHEET PILE....................155
1. General information .........................................................................155
2. Calculation......................................................................................157
III. CALCULATION OF WORKLOAD ......................................................163
IV. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING .............165
1. Construction sequence .....................................................................166
2. Larsen Addressing the occurred trouble and notes while......................170
CHAPTER III: BORED PILE CONSTRUCTION ..........................................172
1. Pile solution ....................................................................................172
2. Bored pile construction plan .............................................................173
3. Construction procedure of bored pile .................................................173
4. Material ..........................................................................................177
II. CALCULATION OF WORKLOAD AND LABOUR .............................178
1. Bored pile parameter........................................................................178
2. Selection of machine and equipment..................................................180
CHAPTER IV: EXCAVATION.......................................................................187
I. EXCAVATION METHOD ....................................................................187
1. First phase.......................................................................................187
2. Second phase...................................................................................188
3. Third phase .....................................................................................189
II. Selection of machine and equipment ......................................................190
CHAPTER V: FOUNDATION FORMWORK DESIGN .................................195
1. Types of formwork ..........................................................................195
2. Steel formwork for this project..........................................................195
II. FORMWORK COMBINATION ...........................................................197
1. Pile cap for core wall .......................................................................197
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 iv

2. Pile cap PC-1 ..................................................................................199

3. Pile cap PC-2 ..................................................................................200
III. Formwork check....................................................................................202
1. Calculation diagram .........................................................................202
2. Design load – follow TCVN 4453 – 1995 ..........................................203
3. Design of supporting system.............................................................204
CHAPTER VI: SEGMENT DIVISION AND WORK VOLUME .....................206
I. SEGMENT DIVISION ..........................................................................206
1. Principle .........................................................................................206
2. Segment division of phase 1 .............................................................206
3. Segment division of phase 2 .............................................................207
II. CONCRETE VOLUME ........................................................................208
1. Total concrete volume ......................................................................208
2. Concrete volume for each segment ....................................................208
III. REINFORCEMENT MASS...................................................................210
1. Total reinforcement mass .................................................................210
2. Reinforcement mass for each segment ...............................................210
IV. FORMWORK VOLUME ......................................................................211
1. Total formwork volume....................................................................211
2. Formwork volume for each segment ..................................................212
CHAPTER VII: CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE............................................214
I. LIST OF TASKS ...................................................................................214
II. WORK VOLUME CALCULATION .....................................................215
1. Larsen sheet pile construction ...........................................................215
2. Bored pile construction ....................................................................215
3. Excavation phase 1: from level -1.05 to level -5.05 .............................216
4. Excavation phase 2: from level -5.05 to level -8.8...............................216
5. Pile cap and ground beam construction phase 1 ..................................217
6. Basement slab construction phase 1...................................................219
7. Basement column and wall construction phase 1 ................................220
8. Prop system installation....................................................................221
9. Excavation phase 3: excavate remain slope soil ..................................221
10. Pile cap and ground beam construction phase 2 ..................................222
11. Basement slab construction phase 2...................................................223
12. Prop system change .........................................................................224
13. Basement column and wall construction phase 2 ................................224
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 v

14. 1st floor slab construction .................................................................224

15. Backfilling ......................................................................................225
16. Larsen sheet pile dismantlement........................................................226
CHAPTER VIII: SITE LOGISTIC .................................................................229
I. OVERVIEW..........................................................................................229
II. CONSTRUCTION SITE FEATURE .....................................................229
III. STORAGE SPACES ON SITE ..............................................................230
1. Stored materials on site ....................................................................230
2. Storage area calculation....................................................................230
IV. Temporary house...................................................................................230
V. WATER SUPPLY..................................................................................231
1. Water for construction......................................................................231
2. Domestic water ...............................................................................232
3. Water supply for housing unit ...........................................................232
4. Water for firefighting .......................................................................232
5. Water pipe diameter .........................................................................232
6. Water sources..................................................................................233
VI. POWER SUPPLY..................................................................................233
CHAPTER IX: SAFETY AND ENVIROMENT ..............................................234
I. TRAINING, IMPLEMENT, EXAMINATION OF SAFETY .................234
II. OCCURPATIONAL SAFETY IN EACH CONSTRUCTION STAGE ...234
1. In concrete tasks ..............................................................................234
2. In reinforcement tasks ......................................................................235
3. In formwork and scaffold tasks .........................................................235
4. In use of power in construction .........................................................236
5. In fire resistance ..............................................................................236
III. SAFETY IN WORK WITH EQUIPMENT, MACHINE ON SITE .........237
IV. ENVIROMENTAL MANAGEMENT....................................................237
1. Master plan sanitation ......................................................................237
2. Waste .............................................................................................237
3. Noise and dust resistance..................................................................238
4. Control of leak oil, chemicals ...........................................................238
REFERENCE..................................................................................................239
ANNEXES.......................................................................................................240
ANNEX A: Internal forces and their combination of beams of axis F-F..................240
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 vi

ANNEX B: Design summary of beams of axis F-F...............................................261

ANNEX C: Load combination and design summary of shear walls of axis F-F ......265
ANNEX D: Flexural reinforcement design of post-tensioned slab at ULS...............293
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 vii

PREFACE
In the career of building and protecting the country, Construction industry plays an
important role. Along with the country's continuous development recently, Construction
Industry has also obtained many proud achievements. In order to implement the career
of modernization and industrialization, Construction Industry must promote the ability
to keep the decisive role in the Economy.
In the recent years, the advanced construction technologies have been applied in
Vietnam. Therefore, the higher level of civil engineer is very necessary. For meeting this
requirement, National University of Civil Engineering (NUCE) is constantly improving
the quality of education.
During the study in the National university of Civil Engineering, I have been helped by
many teachers, who taught and gave me a lot of knowledge and advice. I have tried my
best on the final year project with my knowledge, mistakes are unavoidable because the
limitation of time and others reasons. Hope to receive advice and feedback from all of
you.
I would like to express my gratitude and appreciation to Assoc. Prof. Dr. Pham Thanh
Tung and MsC. Vuong Do Tuan Cuong. Who had directly instructed me, without their
help, suggestion and advice, I would not be finishing this project.
HaNoi, May-2018
Student:
Nguyen Manh Cuong
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 1

PART I:
ARCHITECTURE
(10%)
SUPERVISOR: Assoc. Prof. Dr. PHẠM THANH TÙNG
Division of Reinforced Concrete Structure
STUDENT: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG
CLASS: 58XE2
STUDENT ID: 32458
TASKS:
 General introduction of the building
 Architectural solution of the building
 Drawing plans layout and sections
 Technical and infrastructure solutions
DRAWINGS:
A-01: Architectural elevation
A-02: Architecture section
A-03: 1st floor architectural plan
A-04: 2nd floor architectural plan

I. GENERAL INTRODUCTION
1. Circumstance
In our country, urbanization is happening at a very high rate, hence results in the creation
of megacities. However, it comes with a problem: shelter for the residents. To solve
such problem, the fact that high-rise building becoming a trend is something inevitable,
which helps a lot in the development of engineering industry.
Unfortunately, since Vietnam is still a developing country, our level of science in
general, and in the construction industry specifically is not able to keep up with that of
the developed countries in the world, thus there has not been that many high-rise
building in our land. But with the introduction of knowledge economy, as well as
globalization, we have found a chance to narrow that tremendous gap in technology.
Nowadays, our people have been able to build many high-rise building that can stand
on the same page as many famous structure around the world, for example the,
Landmark 81, Bitexco Financial Tower, etc. Moreover, the function of those building
has excelled to other aspect aside from residential purpose only.
There are many types of high-rise building in Vietnam, listed as followed:
- Office buildings: An office building is a structure designed for the conduct of
business, generally divided into individual offices and offering space for rent or
lease.
- Hotel buildings: The term hotel is an all-inclusive designation for facilities that
provide comfortable lodging and generally, but not always food, beverage,
entertainment, a business environment, and other ‘away from home’ services.
There are also hotels that contain residences. Known as hotel-residences, this
type of occupancy is later addressed in mixed-use buildings.
- Apartment buildings: An apartment building contains separate residences where
a person may live or stay regularly. Each residence includes independent cooking
and bathroom facilities, and may be known as an apartment, a residence, a
tenement, or a condominium. An apartment building is “a building containing
more than one dwelling unit”. “Apartment buildings are those structures
containing three or more living units with independent cooking and bathroom
facilities, whether designated as apartment houses, garden apartments.
- Multi-function buildings. A multi-function building may contain offices,
apartments, residences, and hotel rooms in separate sections of the same building.
Hotel residences are another type of multi-function occupancy. “The hotel
residences trend is notably different from its predecessors such as fractional/time
share hotel units, which are not wholly owned, or condo hotels, which are wholly
owned hotel rooms without, for example, kitchens. Not only do hotel residences
have kitchens and everything else an owner would expect in a typical abode, they
also include amenities such as maid and room service, plus restaurants, spas and
gyms, etc. Typically, these residences are on the top floors of hotels.
The city of Vinh, the capital of Nghe An Province, is situated in the south-east of
the province, alongside the Lam River and is located on the main north-south
transportation route of Vietnam, easily accessible by highway, railroad, boat and

air. Vinh has always been known to be the greatest among its kind in the Central
Coastline of Vietnam. Not only that, the city also serves as the centre of finance,
economy, culture, education, and entertainment for the region, and the key-point
in the East-West economic corridor linking Myanmar, Laos, Thailand, and
Vietnam.
Under such circumstances, we can easily imagine the number of people rushing
into the city each years, causing a great burden on the matter of population. For
that reason, the construction of Sky Garden Tower is licensed.
2. Project
Sky Garden Tower, Nguyen Du road, Trung Do Ward, Vinh.
3. Owner
Sky Garden Tower is own by Vingroup one of the wealthiest and most influential label
in Vietnam, renowned in many aspect: from retail, supermarket, constructing to real
estate, health care, education, etc. With the total net worth of 179,806 billion Vietnam
Dong (in 2016), 51 associated companies, and many real estate products like Royal City,
Times City, Vinhomes Riverside, etc., the name Vingroup is well known for its
professional in the industry.

4. Location
Located in the “golden” land in the middle of Trung Do ward, Sky Gaden has access to
many important road in Vinh, for example, the Quang Trung road, which is a main line
of transport within the city. The building is also positioned near many daily life service
like ATM of BIDV, SeABank, and VPBank, Yamaha 3S store, The Pizza Company,
etc, granting it many advantages regarding the location.
Figure I- 1: Location of project

5. Design
Sky Garden Tower takes pride in pleasing customers with its natural friendly
environment, while still staying true to the purpose of a multi-purpose building:
convenient and modern. Simple, yet beautiful, and classy, yet elegant, that is the points
we have adopted in the design process in order to meet the trend of the market.
The building owns a unique spectacular view that last until the skyline, receiving natural
light to each and every apartment - a sophisticated feature that sets the building apart
from others in the market.
Beside comfortable living spaces with family, Sky Garden Tower also provides
customers with a wide range of services to choose from:
- Peacefully strolling along the green spaces;
- Hanging out with friends in luxurious coffee shop;
- Shopping in supermarkets and department stores;
- Exercising in a network of gyms, yoga, dance sport centres, etc. under the guidance
of professional coaches;
- Providing your children with the best care in high quality kindergartens over 600m2
area;
- Relieving your stress throughout spa treatment;
- Swimming in the spacious outdoor, and 4-season pool;

- Wide variety of size for both office and apartment, able to meet any demands from
the customers;
- Relax at the sky garden on the terrace.
6. Flexible choice
Sky Garden Tower has many options for apartment, and office: 162 apartments and 27
offices with the area ranging from 95 m2 to 124 m2 aiming at the middle-to-high-class
customers, but still preserving the variety.

7. Scale and general feature

- Total area : 7,000 m2;
- Floor area : 2,973 m2;
- Total height : 101.1 m
The building has 1 basement and 29 superstructure floor, with 6 commercial floor, 3
floor for office including 9 offices each, and the rest are residential floor including 9
apartments each.
Floors Height (m) Elevation (m) Function
Roof 3.2 101.100 Apartment
Storey 28 3.5 97.600 Apartment
Technical floor 3.2 33.600 Technical systems
Storey 8 3.6 30.000 Office
Storey 7 3.6 26.400 Office
Storey 6 4.2 22.200 Public
Storey 1 4.8 0.000 Commercial-services, public
Semi-basement 3.3 -3.300 Motorbike-park
Basement 2.5 -5.800 Carpark and motorbike-park

II. ARCHITECTURE SOLUTION

1. Master Plan
Based on the feature of the plot of land, the requirement of the standards and regulations
of the state, the design of master plan must be based on the use function of building’s
type, technology lines to have clear functional zones and is also in accordance with the
approved urban planning, to ensure scientific and esthetic. The layout and architectural
spaces have to ensure the requirements for fire protection, lighting, ventilation, noise,
and isolation distance.
The front area shall be used to plant tree for the landscape, hence people shall easily get
access to the building.
Since the building is multi-function, we shall design different entrance for different
purpose of the building: residential, commercial, and office.
2. Site View and Plan View
Figure I- 2: Architectural elevator of Sky Garden Towers

Figure I- 3: Basement architectural plan

Figure I- 4: Mezzanine basement architectural plan

Figure I- 5: 1st floor architectural plan

Figure I- 6: 2nd to 6th floors architectural plan

Figure I- 7: 7th and 8th floor architectural plan

Figure I- 8: Technical floor architectural plan

Figure I- 9: Typical floor architectural plan

Figure I- 10: Penthouse architectural plan

Figure I- 11: Penthouse architectural plan 2

Figure I- 12: Roof floor architectural plan

3. Lighting system
Natural light is fully utilized, the window systems in all facades are glazed. In
addition, artificial light is also arranged so that it can cover all points that need lighting.
4. Ventilation system
Through the window system, natural ventilation is fully utilized. Besides, there is air
conditioning system, the pipe system is laid in the vertical and horizontal technical box,
distributes evenly to the places of consumption.
5. Electrical system
Power is conducted from power supply network of the city.
The medium voltage line 15 kV goes to the substation through the underground pipe
system, there is also backup power, two generators, located in the basement of the
building. When main power is lost, the generators will serve the following cases:
- The fire protection system
- Lighting system and protection
- Working offices
- Vertical transport system
- Computer system and other critical services.
6. Water supply and drainage system
Water supply
Water from the water supply system of the city goes into the underground tank
situated in the basement of the building. Water is pumped to the roof tank automatically
and then follows the technical pipeline to the consumptions.
Drainage
Rainwater on the roof, logia, balcony, and domestic wastewater is collected to se-no
leading to the treatment tank. Handled water will be given to the drainage system of the
city.
7. Fire protection system
Fire alarm system
Fire alarm detection devices are arranged in each room at every floor, public place
of each floor. Fire alarm network is mounted alarm clocks and lamps. The management
department controls fire as soon as receive the fire signal.
Firefighting system
This system is designed based on the fire prevention requirements and other relevant
standards (including fire preventing component, escape exits, firefighting water), CO 2
cylinders are set at the intersections in all stories.
Waste disposal system

Waste of each floor will be collected and taken downstairs technical storey, basement
by waste collection tube, the waste is processed every day.

PART II:
STRUCTURE
(45%)
SUPERVISOR: Assoc. Prof. Dr. PHẠM THANH TÙNG
Division of Reinforced Concrete Structure
CLASS: 58XE2
STUDENT ID: 32458
TASKS:
 Establish structural plan of all floor
 Design of frame of axis F
 Design of 2nd floor slab using post-tensioned flat slab
 Establish foundation plan
 Design of foundation for frame of axis F
DRAWINGS:
S-01: 2nd floor structural plan
S-02: 2nd floor tendon detail plan
S-03: 2nd floor reinforcement detail plan
S-04: Structural frame of axis F
S-05: Foundation plan

CHAPTER I: SOLUTION IN STRUCTURE
High rise building is a building that its height directly affects to the design, construction
and function. In structure, a building is considered as a high rise building if its rigidity
is mostly affected by lateral loads.
The structural design of high rise buildings is an important task of technical design in
terms of choosing solution in structure for high rise building. The structural system of a
building is a primary component that receives the loads and transfers them to earth.
Choosing structural solution task is related to other tasks such as: plan layout, shape,
floor height, technical construction requirement, construction schedule, and
construction costs.
Loads applying on high rise building:
- Gravity: is a vertical load that has fixed position, set point, direction,
dimensional and value during using time: self-weight, loads of sound insulation
layer and heat insulation…
- Climate loads: varies by time and applied position. They occur in wind,
temperature changing, moisture, and rain…
- Seismic loads: is inertial forces appeared when soil base moves.
- Artificial loads: the loads that is appeared due to human actions, machine and
other equipment. This load has variable applying position, direction, dimension
and value.
Therefore, in high rise building design, we should pay attention on complex problems
such as: load determination, load combination, calculation diagram, foundation, lateral
load bearing capacity, general buckling and dynamics.
I. SOLUTION FOR MATERIALS
Choosing materials for bearing structure of high rise building must base on the following
basic standards:
- Materials must have rate between strength and weight as much as possible.
- High deformability will overcome the low bearing capacity of materials or
structure.
- Low decomposition: those materials are preferred to be used when the building
is subjected by repeated load.
- High monolithism: When vibrating, building shouldn’t separate its components.
-Reasonable costs: A high bearing capacity building is always connected to
reasonable costs.
Nowadays, the following materials are commonly used for high rise building in all over
the world:
Steel
Advantages:

The main feature of steel structure is high capacity so that it has small dimension
although enough bearing capacity. Steel structure has high elasticity, high
deformability in order to fit with high rise building that subjected by high horizontal
loads. Steel structure is suitable for buildings required large using space, high height,
large span (station, opera, and museum).
Disadvantages:
It is hard to control the construction quality of steel structure because it requires
profession and sensitive. On the other hand, steel building has high costs even during
using time. In Vietnam, steel buildings are commonly not suitable with temperature.
When fire occurs, steel building is easily broken.
Reinforced concrete
Advantages:
Nowadays, reinforced concrete is commonly used due to the development of science
and technology. This kind of structure is simply constructed and has common
materials, stable to environment. Furthermore, we can utilize the high compression of
concrete and high tension of steel because of their cooperation. For high rise building,
reinforced concrete structure has high reliability about strength and stability.
Disadvantages:
Reinforced concrete structure requires big size component, high self-weight. This causes
the complex choosing solution in structure. It is difficult to fit reinforced concrete
structure with architecture design.
Furthermore, composite material between steel and concrete is also suitable for high rise
building and is studied for a long time in the world. In Vietnam, however, this kind of
structure is not commonly used and has limited studying and limited application.
 Therefore, based on the above analysis and supply capacity, construction schedule,
local materials, choose reinforced concrete materials with the following
parameters:
1. Concrete
No. Concrete grade Application
B30 Foundation
Vietnamese Standard: Rb=17 (Mpa);
Rbt=1.2 (Mpa); Eb=32500 (Mpa)
2 B35 Slab
Vietnamese Standard: Rb=19 (Mpa); Beam
Rbt=1.3 (Mpa); Eb=34500 (Mpa)
EC2: fck = 28 (MPa), Ecm =32300 (MPa)

3 B40 Column
Vietnamese Standard: Rb=22 (Mpa); Core wall
Rbt=1.4 (Mpa); Eb=36000 (Mpa)
Shear wall
2. Reinforcement
No. Steel grade Application
1 AI Rebar with the diameter

Rs=Rsc=225 (Mpa) d ≤ 8mm
Rsw=175 (Mpa) (6,8 mm)
Es=2E6 (Mpa)
2 AIII Rebar with the diameter d 

Rs=Rsc =365 (Mpa) 10mm
Rsw =290 (Mpa)

Es=2E6 (Mpa)
fy=390 (Mpa)
II. SOLUTION FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE

1. Types of superstructure for high-rise building
Frame system
This system is created from vertical bars (columns) connecting with horizontal bars
(beams), called “node”. The plane frames are connected to each other in order to make
a space frame.
In order to increase the horizontal rigidity of frame, braces are added at some span along
its height. This component works as a horizontal rigid wall.
Advantages:
Construction method is simple. This system has large space, flexible plan, and meets all
using requirement of the building.
Disadvantages:
The horizontal rigidity of frame is small, so that horizontal load bearing capacity is low.
The beams have big depth that affects to using function and increases the building’s
height. Frame system is suitable for low rise building (less than 20 stories for reinforced
concrete frame)
Wall system

In this kind of structure, plane walls are the main bearing elements. In building where
walls are installed in one direction, the stability of building in perpendicular direction is
ensured by rigid walls.
For high rise building, horizontal load is big so that the wall plates are designed to bear
all horizontal and vertical loads. The horizontal load is transferred to wall plates through
slab system that is absolutely considered as rigidity in its plane. Therefore, rigid walls
work as continuous beams with high depth of section.
Advantages:
By using wall system we can remove the concentration of stress at beam- column
connection. This system will have torsional rigidity if the walls are connected to each
other. It also has great horizontal load bearing capacity, so that this system is suitable
for building requiring partition space (house, hotel…).
Disadvantages:
Using space is limited by walls. The walls has high weight, high rigidity so that the
effect of earthquake is big. The buildings will wall system is commonly less than 20
stories.
Core system
Rigid walls are connected to each other to form a closed (or open) space frame, call
“core”. Core has blank box in shape and receives loads then transfers them to earth.
Most of the inner space is used for vertical transportation equipment (lift, staircase),
technical pipe system (water pipe, electrical pipe).
The main advantage of this system is its high bearing capacity of horizontal load and
high torsional rigidity. The core works as a big continuous beam fixed to foundation.
Box system
In this kind of system, slabs are directly supported by walls and do not need any other
inner supporters.
For outside walls (box cover), we use “square grid” method, that means the distance
between columns is small and the horizontal beams have big height. This diagram is
used for high rise building from up to 60 stories.
Space grid with braces is also used to create box cover. The braces can increase the
horizontal rigidity and torsional rigidity of building, and they can recover the
deformation of horizontal beams. This diagram is commonly used for high rise building
with enormous height (more than 80 stories).
2. Superstructure selection
The features that directly affect to structural solution of building:
- The height of the typical floor is small, just 3.2 m. It is needed to pay attention
on slab solution to ensure the clearance height.
- Span is large (ranged from 7.95m to 12.35m) so beams have to over big span.

- Lift system is located in the center of the building combined with escape stairs.
Therefore, boundary walls of this area can be used as core walls.
- Boundary shear wall are installed to increase lateral load bearing capacity.
- Number of stories: 32
- Height: 109.2 m
2.1. Frame core system combined structure
From those above analysis, Sky Garden Tower is suitable with frame-core system
combined structure.
This kind of structure system creates large spaces, simply architecture arrangement.
Core walls are located at lift and staircase areas. Because this structure has high flexural
rigidity and torsional rigidity so that most of lateral load is bear by core walls. Besides,
core walls also bear their own weight.
Shear walls that are arranged on boundary of the building to increase the bearing
capacity of building. They combine with the core to generate the general torsional
rigidity.
Frame system participates to bear vertical loads and a part of horizontal load. Slab
system plays a role of connecting and transferring horizontal load. Depend on slab
structure, columns can be considered to bear horizontal load or not. On the other hand,
brace system or frame-brace system is depended on how the frame works.
2.2. Post – tensioning flat slab for shopping and office block
Usually for multi-story buildings, flat slab structures rely on the shear walls to
provide the necessary lateral stiffness. Albeit, the monolithic character of such concrete
structures requires the entire building to react to lateral loads as a unit, and it is not
realistic to assume that lateral loads are resisted entirely by the more rigid core or shear
wall and that the slabs and columns contribute no resistance. In fact, the flat slab itself,
though relatively flexible, provides lateral stiffness to the structure because of its
continuity with the shear walls. As well, a portion of the slab will act as a shallow beam
continuous with the supports.
2.3. Ribbed slab for apartment block
Because architectural solution
III. FOUNDATION SOLUTION
1. Basis structural system
A foundation is the element of an architectural structure which connects it to the
ground, and transfers loads from the structure to the ground. Foundations are generally
considered either shallow or deep. Foundation engineering is the application of soil
mechanics and rock mechanics (Geotechnical engineering) in the design of foundation
elements of structures.
1.1. Shallow foundations

Shallow foundations, often called footings, are usually embedded about a meter or
so into soil. One common type is the spread footing which consists of strips or pads of
concrete (or other materials) which extend below the frost line and transfer the weight
from walls and columns to the soil or bedrock.
Another common type of shallow foundation is the slab-on-grade foundation where
the weight of the building is transferred to the soil through a concrete slab placed at the
surface. Slab-on-grade foundations can be reinforced mat slabs, which range from 25
cm to several meters thick, depending on the size of the building, or post-tensioned slabs,
which are typically at least 20 cm for houses, and thicker for heavier structures.
1.2. Deep Foundations
A deep foundation is used to transfer the load of a structure down through the upper
weak layer of topsoil to the stronger layer of subsoil below.
There are different types of deep footings including impact driven piles, drilled
shafts, caissons, helical piles, geo-piers and earth stabilized columns. The naming
conventions for different types of footings vary between different engineers.
Historically, piles were wood, later steel, reinforced concrete, and pre-tensioned
concrete.
Figure II- 1: Shallow foundation and deep foundation configuration

1.3. Monopile foundation
A monopile foundation is a type of deep foundation which uses a single, generally large-
diameter, structural element embedded into the earth to support all the loads (weight,
wind, etc.) of a large above-surface structure.
2. Foundation structure selection
The features that directly affect to structural solution of building:
- The building height is 108,6 m. Heavy load transferred from the superstructure
to ground.
- The building has 2 underground floors with the depth is 7 m.
- The construction solution is deep excavation with multy anchored diaphragm
walls.
- The soil ground of Hanoi good.

From those above analysis, the Sky Garden Tower seems to be suitable with bored
piles.
Bored piles are commonly used in the world as a foundation to support heavily
loaded structure from the high-rise building in view of its low noise, low vibration and
flexibility of sizes to suit different loading conditions and subsoil conditions. Such
attributes are especially favored in urban areas where strict restrictions with regard to
noise and vibration are imposed by relevant authorities which restrict the use of other
conventional pilling system, eg. driven piles.
IV. PRELIMINARY SELECTION OF STRUC TURE DIMENSIONS
1. Shear wall and column
Cross-section area of shear wall and column are preliminarily calculated by the
empirical formula:
N n.S .q
A  k. k
Rb Rb
Where: k - A factor depends on effect of bending moment (k = 0,9 ÷ 1,1 for
pure compression and k = 1,2 ÷ 1,5 for compression and uni-axial
bending)
Rb - Compressive strength of concrete, Rb = 25 MPa
N - Total axial force applied on the column; N = n.S.q
n - Floor quantity of the building
S - Load transferring area of columns
q - Total load applying on a 1 m2 slab (preliminarily calculate q = 1,2
2
T/m ).

Figure II- 2: Load tributary area

Wall 1, 4, 9, 12
n.S .q 32  41  1.2.102
Ak  1.4   1m 2
Rb 22
Select shear wall dimension: h x b = 550 x 2500 from 1F to 8F

h x b = 500 x 2500 from 9F to 32F
Wall 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13
n.S .q 32  64.4  1.2.102
Ak  1.2   1.35m 2
Rb 22
Select shear wall dimension: h x b = 550 x 2500 from 1F to 8F

h x b = 500 x 2500 from 9F to 32F
Column C2, 3

n.S .q 8  45.3  1.2.102

Ak  1.2   0.24m 2
Rb 22
Select column dimensions: h x b = 800 x 550

2. Core wall
According to TCXD 198-1997, thickness requirement of cores:
150 150
  150
   H t   4800   mm.
 20  20  240
The thickness of core walls should be considered from results of natural period of
the first mode on the building which is shown in Calculation of vibration of the building.
Select the thickness of core walls:
δ = 400 and 350 mm for boundary walls
δ = 250 for inner walls
3. Slab
3.1. Post – tension flat slab (from 1F to 8F)
The economical span to depth ratio for post – tensioning flat slab is ranged from 40 to
50:
Lmax = 12.35m => hs = (250; 300)
Select hs = 250mm.
3.2. Ribbed slab (from 9F to 32F)
Dl1 1  4.85
hs    0.138( m)
m 35
Select hs = 140mm.
4. Beam
4.1. Boundary beam
Beams have function as constructive elements. They are components supporting
external walls and transfer lateral load from walls to columns.
Select the boundary beam dimensions:
h×b = 400×700 mm.
4.2. Primary beam and secondary beam for ribbed slab
Select dimensions for primary beam:
1 1
h     L ; b   0.3 0.5  h
 10 14 

Select dimensions for secondary beam:
1 1
h     L ; b   0.3 0.5  h
 14 18 
The selection results are represented on the following Structural plan:
Figure II- 3: 1st floor structural plan

Figure II- 4: 2nd to 6th floor structural plan

Figure II- 5: 7th and 8th structural plan

Figure II- 6: Typical floor structural plan

Figure II- 7: Penthouse floor structural plan

Figure II- 8: Penthouse floor structural plan 2

Figure II- 9: TR1F structural plan

Figure II- 10: TR2F structural plan

CHAPTER II: LOADS

I. PREFERENCE
Reference:
 Vietnamese standard TCVN 2737 - 1995: Loads and effects – Design standard
 Vietnamese standard TCXD 229 - 1999: Guidance for the determination of
dynamic component of the wind loads under TCVN 2737-1995
 Vietnamese standard TCVN 5574 - 2012: Concrete and reinforced concrete
structures – Design standard
II. DEAD LOAD
1. Self – weight
Self – weight of structural components will be self-calculated by software ETABS 2016.
2. Super dead load
In accordance with TCVN 2737:1995, super dead loads are calculated as below:
- h : height
- t : thickness
- g : unit weight
- gf : partial factor
- qtc : unfactored load
- qtt : factored load
2.1. Shell load
* 1st floor:
Permanent loads t g qtc gf qtt

mm kN/m3 kN/m2 kN/m2
- Ceramic tile layer 10 20 0.20 1.1 0.22
- Mortar layers 40 18 0.72 1.3 0.94
- Technical services 0.50 1.1 0.55
- Total: 1.42 1.71
* 2nd - 9 floors:



- Mortar layers 20 18 0.36 1.3 0.47
- Technical services 0.50 1.1 0.55
- Suspended celling 0.30 1.1 0.33
- Total: 1.36 1.57
* Stair case:

- Tile 10 20 0.20 1.1 0.22
- RC slab 110 25 2.75 1.1 3.03
- Brick step 150 18 2.70 1.3 3.51
- Mortar layers 70 18 1.26 1.3 1.64
- Total: 6.91 8.39
* 10th - 29th floors ( Apartment):

- Mortar layers 20 18 0.36 1.3 0.47
- Suspended celling 0.30 1.1 0.33
- Total: 0.86 1.02
* RC Roof

- Waterproof concrete layer 100 25.0 2.50 1.1 2.75
- Sloped layer 150 10.0 1.50 1.1 1.65
- Waterproof layer 5 10.0 0.05 1.1 0.06
- Total: 4.05 4.46
2.2. Line load
* Brick wall
t= 220 h = 4550


- Mortar layers 30 18 2.46 1.3 3.19
- Gạch xây 220 18 18.02 1.1 19.82
- Wall load per 1 meter: 20.48 23.01
- Wall load per 1 meter (windows included): 0.80 16.38 18.41
* Brick wall
t= 110 h = 4550
- 2 plastering layers 30 18 2.46 1.3 3.19
- Brick 110 18 9.01 1.1 9.91
* Brick wall
t= 300 h = 4550
- Brick 300 18 24.57 1.1 27.03
* Brick wall
t= 220 h = 3050
- Brick 220 18 12.08 1.1 13.29
* Brick wall

t= 110 h = 3050
- Brick 110 18 6.04 1.1 6.64
* Glass
h = 4150
- Glass 10 25 1.04 1.3 1.35
- Aluminum frame 2.08 1.1 2.28
- Glass load per 1 meter: 3.11 3.63
* Glass
h = 3300
- Glass 10 25 0.83 1.3 1.07
- Aluminum frame 1.65 1.1 1.82
- Glass load per 1 meter: 2.48 2.89
III. LIVE LOAD

According to TCVN 2737:1995 – Table 3, live loads are given as follow:
- gf : partial factor
- qtc : unfactored load
- qtt : factored load

Area Type qtc gf qtt

kN/m2 kN/m2
- Bedroom, living room, bath room,… (apartment) 1.50 1.3 1.95
- WC 2.00 1.2 2.40
- Office 2.00 1.2 2.40
- Lobby, staircase 3.00 1.2 3.60
- Parking area 5.00 1.2 6.00
- Shopping mall 4.00 1.2 4.80
- Non-using RC roof 0.75 1.3 0.98
- Water tank 10.00 1.0 10.00
IV. WIND LOAD

Wind load is determined in accordance with TCVN 2737:1995 and TCXD 229: 1999
Wind load applies on building’s facade, and is assign in calculating model in different
ways:
 Distributed load applying on columns
 Distributed load applying on beams
 Concentrated load (when floor is assumed to be absolutely rigid to transfer lateral
loads).
In accordance with TCVN 2737:1995, wind load includes 2 components: static and
dynamic wind.
1. General building description
- Location Province: Nghệ An

District: Vinh City
Wind level region: III-B
Terrain type: A
- Height of grade above foundation: 5.8
* Coefficient
Coefficient Mark Value Unit Notes
- Standard value of wind pressure Wo 1.25 kN/m2 Table 4

- Partial factor ꙋ 1.37
Note: The value of partial factor bases on building life expectancy. (TCXD 299:1999)
For building greater than 25 floor, building life expectancy is 100 year, cause to ꙋ = 1.37
2. Static wind load
The factored value of wind load, Wj, which acts to j-th story, is calculated by the
following equation:
W j    W0  k j  c  H i , j 1  L j
Where:
kj – factor, depend on level of story above grade
k j  0.857 z 0.138 for terrain type A
k j  0.658 z 0.181 for terrain type B
k j  0.346 z 0.279 for terrain type C

c – aerodynamic shape factor
cd = 0.8, ch = 0.6
Hj,i-1 – average height of 2 story adjacent to floor j
H j  H j 1
H j , j 1 
2
Lj – length of j-th story
Story Level H k LY(m) LX(m) Wd Wh TX (T) TY (T)
T1 0 4.8 0.00 38.7 87.80 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00

T2 4.8 4.8 1.06 38.7 87.80 0.700 0.525 47.39 107.52
T3 9.60 4.2 1.17 38.7 87.80 0.722 0.541 48.89 110.92
T4 13.8 4.2 1.23 38.7 87.80 0.708 0.531 47.97 108.84
T5 18.00 4.2 1.28 38.7 87.80 0.735 0.551 49.77 112.90
T6 22.2 4.2 1.31 38.7 87.80 0.756 0.567 51.23 116.22
T7 26.40 3.6 1.35 38.7 34.90 0.719 0.540 48.72 43.94
T8 30 3.6 1.37 38.7 34.90 0.676 0.507 45.77 41.28
T9 33.60 3.6 1.39 38.7 34.90 0.686 0.515 46.49 41.93
T10 37.2 3.2 1.41 38.7 34.90 0.658 0.493 44.53 40.16
T11 40.40 3.2 1.43 38.7 34.90 0.626 0.469 42.39 38.23
T12 43.6 3.2 1.44 38.7 34.90 0.633 0.474 42.84 38.63
T13 46.80 3.2 1.46 38.7 34.90 0.639 0.479 43.26 39.01

T14 50 3.2 1.47 38.7 34.90 0.645 0.483 43.66 39.37

T15 53.20 3.2 1.48 38.7 34.90 0.650 0.488 44.03 39.71
T16 56.4 3.2 1.50 38.7 34.90 0.655 0.492 44.39 40.03
T17 59.60 3.2 1.51 38.7 34.90 0.660 0.495 44.73 40.34
T18 62.8 3.2 1.52 38.7 34.90 0.665 0.499 45.05 40.63
T19 66.00 3.2 1.53 38.7 34.90 0.670 0.502 45.36 40.91
T20 69.2 3.2 1.54 38.7 34.90 0.674 0.506 45.66 41.18
T21 72.40 3.2 1.55 38.7 34.90 0.678 0.509 45.95 41.43
T22 75.6 3.2 1.56 38.7 34.90 0.682 0.512 46.22 41.68
T23 78.80 3.2 1.57 38.7 34.90 0.686 0.515 46.49 41.92
T24 82 3.2 1.57 38.7 34.90 0.690 0.518 46.74 42.15
T25 85.20 3.2 1.58 38.7 34.90 0.694 0.520 46.99 42.38
T26 88.4 3.2 1.59 38.7 34.90 0.697 0.523 47.23 42.59
T27 91.60 3.2 1.60 38.7 34.90 0.701 0.526 47.46 42.80
T28 94.8 3.2 1.61 38.7 34.90 0.704 0.528 47.69 43.00
T29 98 3.5 1.61 38.7 34.90 0.741 0.555 50.15 45.23
T30 101.5 4.5 1.62 38.7 34.90 0.855 0.641 57.92 52.23
T31 106 3.2 1.63 38.7 34.90 0.749 0.561 50.70 45.72
MAI 109.2 0 1.64 38.7 10.20 0.359 0.269 24.31 6.41
Total 1429.98 1609.28
3. Dynamic wind load

3.1. Concept
In accordance with TCXD 229:1999, calculating dynamic component of wind load is
necessary for project having height greater than 40m (Article 6.2 – TCVN 2737:1995).
The limit frequency fL (Hz) of the proper vibration (Table 2 – TCXD 229:1999)
δ = 0.3 (Reinforced concrete structure)
fL = 1.6 Hz (Wind region: IIIB)
Case 1: When the natural vibration frequency greater than the limit frequency f1 > fL the
standard pressure of the dynamic component of wind load at the height z is determined
by the following formula:
W pj  W j j

W j : Standard value of static component of wind load at the height z.
 j : The dynamic pressure factor at the height z (Table 3 – TCXD 229:1999)

 : The space correlation coefficient of the dynamic wind load (Table 4, 5 – TCXD
229:1999)
Case 2: When the natural vibration frequency smaller than the limit frequency f1<fL, the
standard pressure of the dynamic component of wind at the height z is determined by
the following formula:
W p ( ji )  M ji i y ji
Mj: Mass of building structure at part j.

 i : Dynamic factor, determined from Fig.2 – TCXD 229:1999, in function of
parameter  i and the logarithmic decrease  of vibrations:
 W0
i 
940. fi
 : Partial factor of wind load γ=1.37
Wo: Velocity pressure (N/m2)
fi: The natural vibration frequency number i of building.
 i : Coefficient obtained by the following formula, where the structure is divided
in n parts and the wind load is constant for each part.
n
y
j 1
ji .WFj
i  n
y
j 1
2
ji .M j
y ji : The horizontal displacement of the structure at the height z, corresponding to

the first mode of its proper vibration.
Yji= sin i j* - sh i j* - Bi(cos i j* - ch i j*)
Where
 1  2  3 B1 B2 B3
1.875 4.694 7.860 1.635 0.980 1.000
WFj : Standard value of dynamic component of wind load corresponding to

different vibration modes:
WFj  W j j S j
Sj: Wind receiving area at jth floor (m2)

Design value of dynamic component of wind load:

Wpjtt  Wpj  
γ: partial factor γ=1.37

β: Factor of wind load for various assumed service life of structure
3.2. Calculation
 Geometrical properties of each story:
Story Level H m (T)  Y X 
F1 0.00 4.80 5255.951 0.00 38.70 87.80 109.20

F2 4.80 4.80 4125.016 0.32 38.70 87.80 109.20
F3 9.60 4.20 4113.257 0.30 38.70 87.80 109.20
F4 13.80 4.20 4101.074 0.30 38.70 87.80 109.20
F5 18.00 4.20 4101.074 0.29 38.70 87.80 109.20
F6 22.20 4.20 4090.906 0.29 38.70 87.80 109.20
F7 26.40 3.60 1629.507 0.28 38.70 34.90 109.20
F8 30.00 3.60 1632.083 0.28 38.70 34.90 109.20
MF 33.60 3.60 1615.062 0.28 38.70 34.90 109.20
F9 37.20 3.20 1645.536 0.28 38.70 34.90 109.20
F10 40.40 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F11 43.60 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F12 46.80 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F13 50.00 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F14 53.20 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F15 56.40 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F16 59.60 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F17 62.80 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F18 66.00 3.20 1641.259 0.27 38.70 34.90 109.20
F19 69.20 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F20 72.40 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F21 75.60 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F22 78.80 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F23 82.00 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20

F24 85.20 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20

F25 88.40 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F26 91.60 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F27 94.80 3.20 1641.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F28 98.00 3.50 1642.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
F29 101.50 4.50 1643.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
WT 106.00 3.20 1644.259 0.26 38.70 34.90 109.20
RF 109.20 0.00 1645.259 0.26 38.70 10.20 109.20
TOTAL 68427
 Natural periods of building:
T1X T2X T3X T4X T1Y T2Y T3Y T4Y
3.648 1.025 0.496 2.627 0.632 0.396
 Natural frequencies of building:
fL (Hz) f1X f2X f3X f4X f1Y f2Y f3Y f4Y
0.274 0.976 2.016 0.381 1.582 2.525

1.6
Consider Consider Disregard Consider Consider Disregard
1X 2X 3X 4X 1Y 2Y 3Y 4Y

0.16 0.05 0.02 0.12 0.03 0.02
1X 2X 3X 4X 1Y 2Y 3Y 

2.18 1.60 1.30 2.05 1.40 1.30
 Relative displacement of each story:
Story Level  j* Yj1x Yj2x Yj3x Yj1Y Yj2Y Yj3Y

F1 0.00 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
F2 4.80 0.044 0.011 0.039 0.000 0.011 0.039 0.000
F3 9.60 0.088 0.043 0.143 0.000 0.043 0.143 0.000
F4 13.80 0.126 0.087 0.275 0.000 0.087 0.275 0.000
F5 18.00 0.165 0.146 0.433 0.000 0.146 0.433 0.000
F6 22.20 0.203 0.219 0.605 0.000 0.219 0.605 0.000
F7 26.40 0.242 0.305 0.780 0.000 0.305 0.780 0.000
F8 30.00 0.275 0.388 0.925 0.000 0.388 0.925 0.000
MF 33.60 0.308 0.480 1.060 0.000 0.480 1.060 0.000
F9 37.20 0.341 0.580 1.178 0.000 0.580 1.178 0.000
F10 40.40 0.370 0.676 1.266 0.000 0.676 1.266 0.000
F11 43.60 0.399 0.777 1.334 0.000 0.777 1.334 0.000
F12 46.80 0.429 0.884 1.380 0.000 0.884 1.380 0.000
F13 50.00 0.458 0.996 1.403 0.000 0.996 1.403 0.000
F14 53.20 0.487 1.113 1.400 0.000 1.113 1.400 0.000
F15 56.40 0.516 1.234 1.371 0.000 1.234 1.371 0.000
F16 59.60 0.546 1.360 1.314 0.000 1.360 1.314 0.000
F17 62.80 0.575 1.490 1.231 0.000 1.490 1.231 0.000
F18 66.00 0.604 1.623 1.122 0.000 1.623 1.122 0.000
F19 69.20 0.634 1.761 0.987 0.000 1.761 0.987 0.000
F20 72.40 0.663 1.901 0.828 0.000 1.901 0.828 0.000
F21 75.60 0.692 2.045 0.647 0.000 2.045 0.647 0.000
F22 78.80 0.722 2.192 0.445 0.000 2.192 0.445 0.000
F23 82.00 0.751 2.342 0.225 0.000 2.342 0.225 0.000
F24 85.20 0.780 2.494 -0.012 0.000 2.494 -0.012 0.000
F25 88.40 0.810 2.649 -0.261 0.000 2.649 -0.261 0.000
F26 91.60 0.839 2.807 -0.522 0.000 2.807 -0.522 0.000

F27 94.80 0.868 2.967 -0.792 0.000 2.967 -0.792 0.000
F28 98.00 0.897 3.129 -1.069 0.000 3.129 -1.069 0.000
F29 101.50 0.929 3.310 -1.376 0.000 3.310 -1.376 0.000
WT 106.00 0.971 3.546 -1.778 0.000 3.546 -1.778 0.000
RF 109.20 1.000 3.716 -2.066 0.000 3.716 -2.066 0.000
 Determination of factor  i
Story Level YJ1X2.MJ YJ2X2.MJ YJ3X2.MJ YJ1Y2.MJ YJ2Y2.MJ YJ3Y2.MJ
F1 0.00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
F2 4.80 0.5 6.2 0.0 0.5 6.2 0.0
F3 9.60 7.6 84.7 0.0 7.6 84.7 0.0
F4 13.80 31.3 311.0 0.0 31.3 311.0 0.0
F5 18.00 87.8 768.2 0.0 87.8 768.2 0.0
F6 22.20 196.4 1495.1 0.0 196.4 1495.1 0.0
F7 26.40 151.5 990.8 0.0 151.5 990.8 0.0
F8 30.00 246.1 1396.6 0.0 246.1 1396.6 0.0
MF 33.60 372.6 1813.1 0.0 372.6 1813.1 0.0
F9 37.20 554.5 2283.0 0.0 554.5 2283.0 0.0
F10 40.40 749.9 2628.9 0.0 749.9 2628.9 0.0
F11 43.60 991.4 2920.2 0.0 991.4 2920.2 0.0
F12 46.80 1282.4 3126.8 0.0 1282.4 3126.8 0.0
F13 50.00 1627.6 3229.4 0.0 1627.6 3229.4 0.0
F14 53.20 2031.8 3216.0 0.0 2031.8 3216.0 0.0
F15 56.40 2499.3 3083.0 0.0 2499.3 3083.0 0.0
F16 59.60 3034.6 2835.7 0.0 3034.6 2835.7 0.0
F17 62.80 3641.8 2489.0 0.0 3641.8 2489.0 0.0
F18 66.00 4324.8 2066.7 0.0 4324.8 2066.7 0.0
F19 69.20 5087.3 1600.0 0.0 5087.3 1600.0 0.0
F20 72.40 5932.9 1126.3 0.0 5932.9 1126.3 0.0

F21 75.60 6864.9 687.0 0.0 6864.9 687.0 0.0
F22 78.80 7886.6 325.0 0.0 7886.6 325.0 0.0
F23 82.00 9001.2 82.9 0.0 9001.2 82.9 0.0
F24 85.20 10211.5 0.2 0.0 10211.5 0.2 0.0
F25 88.40 11520.8 112.1 0.0 11520.8 112.1 0.0
F26 91.60 12931.9 447.9 0.0 12931.9 447.9 0.0
F27 94.80 14448.1 1029.9 0.0 14448.1 1029.9 0.0
F28 98.00 16082.5 1875.4 0.0 16082.5 1875.4 0.0
F29 101.50 17999.7 3113.3 0.0 17999.7 3113.3 0.0
WT 106.00 20669.9 5196.3 0.0 20669.9 5196.3 0.0
RF 109.20 22721.6 7020.1 0.0 22721.6 7020.1 0.0
TOTAL 183191 57361 0 183191 57361 0
Story Level WFjX1 WFjX2 WFjX3 YJ1X.WFj YJ2X.WFj YJ3X.WFj
F1 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
F2 4.8 8.1 15.1 15.1 0.1 0.6 0.0
F3 9.6 7.9 14.9 14.9 0.3 2.1 0.0
F4 13.8 7.6 14.2 14.2 0.7 3.9 0.0
F5 18 7.7 14.5 14.5 1.1 6.3 0.0
F6 22.2 7.8 14.7 14.7 1.7 8.9 0.0
F7 26.4 7.4 13.8 13.8 2.2 10.8 0.0
F8 30 6.9 12.8 12.8 2.7 11.9 0.0
MF 33.6 6.9 12.9 12.9 3.3 13.7 0.0
F9 37.2 6.6 12.3 12.3 3.8 14.5 0.0
F10 40.4 6.2 11.6 11.6 4.2 14.7 0.0
F11 43.6 6.2 11.7 11.7 4.9 15.6 0.0
F12 46.8 6.3 11.8 11.8 5.6 16.2 0.0
F13 50 6.3 11.8 11.8 6.3 16.6 0.0

F14 53.2 6.3 11.9 11.9 7.0 16.6 0.0
F15 56.4 6.4 11.9 11.9 7.8 16.3 0.0
F16 59.6 6.4 12.0 12.0 8.7 15.7 0.0
F17 62.8 6.4 12.0 12.0 9.5 14.8 0.0
F18 66 6.4 12.0 12.0 10.4 13.5 0.0
F19 69.2 6.4 12.1 12.1 11.4 11.9 0.0
F20 72.4 6.5 12.1 12.1 12.3 10.0 0.0
F21 75.6 6.5 12.2 12.2 13.3 7.9 0.0
F22 78.8 6.5 12.2 12.2 14.3 5.4 0.0
F23 82 6.5 12.2 12.2 15.3 2.7 0.0
F24 85.20 6.5 12.3 12.3 16.3 -0.1 0.0
F25 88.4 6.6 12.3 12.3 17.4 -3.2 0.0
F26 91.6 6.6 12.3 12.3 18.4 -6.4 0.0
F27 94.8 6.6 12.3 12.3 19.5 -9.8 0.0
F28 98 6.9 13.0 13.0 21.6 -13.8 0.0
F29 101.5 8.0 14.9 14.9 26.4 -20.5 0.0
WT 106 6.9 13.0 13.0 24.6 -23.1 0.0
RF 109.2 3.3 6.2 6.2 12.4 -12.9 0.0
TOTAL 303.5 160.8 0.0
Story Level WFjY1 WFjY2 WFjY3 YJ1Y.WFj YJ2Y.WFj YJ3Y.WFj
F1 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
F2 4.8 21.0 34.3 34.3 0.2 1.3 0.0

F3 9.6 20.6 33.7 33.7 0.9 4.8 0.0
F4 13.8 19.7 32.2 32.2 1.7 8.9 0.0
F5 18 20.1 32.8 32.8 2.9 14.2 0.0

F6 22.2 20.4 33.3 33.3 4.5 20.1 0.0
F7 26.4 7.6 12.4 12.4 2.3 9.7 0.0

F8 30 7.1 11.6 11.6 2.7 10.7 0.0

MF 33.6 7.1 11.7 11.7 3.4 12.4 0.0
F9 37.2 6.8 11.1 11.1 3.9 13.1 0.0

F10 40.4 6.4 10.5 10.5 4.3 13.3 0.0
F11 43.6 6.5 10.6 10.6 5.0 14.1 0.0

F12 46.8 6.5 10.6 10.6 5.7 14.6 0.0
F13 50 6.5 10.7 10.7 6.5 15.0 0.0
F14 53.2 6.5 10.7 10.7 7.3 15.0 0.0

F15 56.4 6.6 10.7 10.7 8.1 14.7 0.0
F16 59.6 6.6 10.8 10.8 9.0 14.2 0.0

F17 62.8 6.6 10.8 10.8 9.9 13.3 0.0
F18 66 6.6 10.9 10.9 10.8 12.2 0.0

F19 69.2 6.7 10.9 10.9 11.7 10.8 0.0
F20 72.4 6.7 10.9 10.9 12.7 9.1 0.0
F21 75.6 6.7 11.0 11.0 13.7 7.1 0.0

F22 78.8 6.7 11.0 11.0 14.7 4.9 0.0
F23 82 6.7 11.0 11.0 15.8 2.5 0.0

F24 85.2 6.8 11.1 11.1 16.8 -0.1 0.0
F25 88.4 6.8 11.1 11.1 17.9 -2.9 0.0
F26 91.6 6.8 11.1 11.1 19.1 -5.8 0.0

F27 94.8 6.8 11.1 11.1 20.2 -8.8 0.0
F28 98 7.1 11.7 11.7 22.3 -12.5 0.0

F29 101.5 8.2 13.5 13.5 27.2 -18.5 0.0
WT 106 7.2 11.7 11.7 25.4 -20.9 0.0

RF 109.2 1.0 1.6 1.6 3.7 -3.4 0.0
TOTAL 310.58 183 0
 Dynamic wind converts to concentrated load:
Story Level WPX1 (T) WPX2 (T) WPX3 (T) WPY1 (T) WPY2 (T) WPY3 (T)
F1 0 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.00 0.000 0.0
F2 4.8 0.16 0.72 0.0 0.16 0.715 0.0

F3 9.6 0.64 2.65 0.0 0.61 2.636 0.0
F4 13.8 1.29 5.07 0.0 1.25 5.044 0.0
F5 18 2.17 7.96 0.0 2.09 7.927 0.0
F6 22.2 3.24 11.09 0.0 3.12 11.045 0.0
F7 26.4 1.79 5.70 0.0 1.73 5.675 0.0
F8 30 2.29 6.77 0.0 2.20 6.743 0.0
MF 33.6 2.80 7.68 0.0 2.70 7.642 0.0
F9 37.2 3.45 8.69 0.0 3.32 8.656 0.0
F10 40.4 4.01 9.32 0.0 3.86 9.277 0.0
F11 43.6 4.61 9.82 0.0 4.43 9.777 0.0
F12 46.8 5.24 10.16 0.0 5.04 10.117 0.0
F13 50 5.90 10.33 0.0 5.68 10.282 0.0
F14 53.2 6.60 10.30 0.0 6.35 10.261 0.0
F15 56.4 7.32 10.09 0.0 7.04 10.046 0.0
F16 59.6 8.06 9.68 0.0 7.76 9.635 0.0
F17 62.8 8.83 9.07 0.0 8.50 9.027 0.0
F18 66 9.62 8.26 0.0 9.26 8.225 0.0
F19 69.2 10.44 7.27 0.0 10.04 7.237 0.0
F20 72.4 11.27 6.10 0.0 10.85 6.072 0.0
F21 75.6 12.12 4.76 0.0 11.67 4.742 0.0
F22 78.8 13.00 3.28 0.0 12.50 3.262 0.0
F23 82 13.88 1.65 0.0 13.36 1.647 0.0
F24 85.2 14.79 -0.09 0.0 14.23 -0.085 0.0
F25 88.4 15.71 -1.92 0.0 15.11 -1.916 0.0
T27 91.6 16.64 -3.85 0.0 16.01 -3.829 0.0
F27 94.8 17.59 -5.83 0.0 16.92 -5.806 0.0
F28 98 18.56 -7.87 0.0 17.86 -7.838 0.0
F29 101.5 19.65 -10.15 0.0 18.90 -10.102 0.0
WT 106 21.06 -13.11 0.0 20.26 -13.054 0.0

RF 109.2 22.09 -15.24 0.0 21.25 -15.178 0.0
TOTAL 285 108 0 274 108 0
3.3. Wind load combination
  X id 
s 2
XX  t
i 1
X: Moment, shear force, normal force or displacement.

Xt: Moment, shear force, normal force or displacement due to static component of
wind load.
Xid: Moment, shear force, normal force or displacement due to dynamic
component of wind load.
S: The quantity of vibration modes
The actions of winds in inclined direction are represented as show:
WXY  WX  cos(45 )  WY  cos(45 )
WYX  WX  cos( 45 )  WY  cos(45 )

CHAPTER III: BUILDING MODELING INFORMATION

I. MODEL OF CALCULATION
Internal forces of structural members (columns, beams and slabs) are calculated by
Finite element method:
 Column and beam are modeled with Frame elements.
 Slab and wall are modeled with Shell elements.
 Connection between column and foundation is fixed connection.
Assignment of loads on 3D model:
 Super dead load (SDL) is uniformly distributed on slab.
 Brick load (BL) is assigned on virtual beams.
 Live load (LL) is uniformly distributed on slab.
 Static and dynamic wind loads are assigned as concentrated force applied on
center of geometric and center of mass respectively:
Figure II- 11: 3D model in Etabs 2016

Figure II- 12: 1st Floor Modeling Plan
Figure II- 13: 2nd - 6th Floor Modeling Plan

Figure II- 14: 7th - 8th Floor Modeling Plan
Figure II- 15: 9th - 28th Floor Modeling Plan

Figure II- 16: 29th Floor Modeling Plan
Figure II- 17: Level 105.5m Floor Modeling Plan

Figure II- 18: Level 109.2m Floor Modeling Plan

II. STRUCTURE RIGIDITY AND BUILDING DISPLACEMENT
In accordance with table C4 – Appendix C – TCVN 356:2005, the displacement of the
building and story drift in horizontal direction (due to lateral load) must be not greater
than h/500 and hs/500, where h and hs are height of the building and height of story.
1. Checking of horizontal displacement
- Allowable displacement [Ui] = Hi/500 = 109.2/500 = 218,4 mm
- Displacement of building: max(Ui) = 161 mm (Satisfied)
Load Case UX UY
Story Diaphragm
/Combo
mm mm
Level 109.2m D2 WX Max 160.771 0.635
Level 109.2m D2 WY Max 0.379 79.175
Level 105.5m D2 WX Max 157.259 0.636
Level 105.5m D2 WY Max 0.379 77.163
F29 D2 WX Max 153.033 0.635
F29 D2 WY Max 0.374 74.317
F28 D2 WX Max 149.294 0.621
F28 D2 WY Max 0.369 71.697
F27 D2 WX Max 145.789 0.62
F27 D2 WY Max 0.365 69.375

F26 D2 WX Max 142.165 0.614

F26 D2 WY Max 0.36 66.987
F25 D2 WX Max 138.41 0.608
F25 D2 WY Max 0.354 64.564
2. Checking of story drift

- Allowable value [d i / hi ]  1 / 500  0.002
- Maximum value of story drift in X-direction: 0.001984 (Satisfied)
- Maximum value of story drift in Y-direction: 0.000936 (Satisfied)
Story Load Case/Combo X-Direction Y-Direction
TF Wind ENVE 0.001145 0.000646

WT Wind ENVE 0.001121 0.00075
RF Wind ENVE 0.001091 0.000743
F28 Wind ENVE 0.001116 0.00074
F27 Wind ENVE 0.001151 0.000752
F26 Wind ENVE 0.001188 0.000771
F25 Wind ENVE 0.00123 0.00079
F24 Wind ENVE 0.001277 0.000809
F23 Wind ENVE 0.001326 0.000828
F22 Wind ENVE 0.001376 0.000847
F21 Wind ENVE 0.001426 0.000864
F20 Wind ENVE 0.001475 0.00088
F19 Wind ENVE 0.001524 0.000895
F18 Wind ENVE 0.001571 0.000908
F17 Wind ENVE 0.001618 0.000919
F16 Wind ENVE 0.001663 0.000928
F15 Wind ENVE 0.001706 0.000934
F14 Wind ENVE 0.001748 0.000938
F13 Wind ENVE 0.001788 0.000939
F12 Wind ENVE 0.001826 0.000936
F11 Wind ENVE 0.001864 0.000928
F10 Wind ENVE 0.001904 0.000922
F9 Wind ENVE 0.00196 0.000897
MF Wind ENVE 0.001984 0.000855
F8 Wind ENVE 0.001955 0.000819
F7 Wind ENVE 0.001877 0.000765
F6 Wind ENVE 0.001713 0.000653
F5 Wind ENVE 0.001585 0.0006
F4 Wind ENVE 0.001414 0.000537
F3 Wind ENVE 0.001164 0.000459
F2 Wind ENVE 0.000739 0.000334
F1 Wind ENVE 8.60E-05 7.30E-05

III. LOAD COMBINATION
Load
DL LL WX WY WXY WYX
Combinations
COMB1 1.0 1.0
COMB2 1.0 1.0
COMB3 1.0 1.0
COMB4 1.0 1.0
COMB5 1.0 1.0
COMB6 1.0 0.9 0.9
COMB7 1.0 0.9 0.9
COMB8 1.0 0.9 0.9
COMB9 1.0 0.9 0.9
COMB10 1.0 -1.0
COMB11 1.0 -1.0
COMB12 1.0 -1.0
COMB13 1.0 -1.0
COMB14 1.0 0.9 -0.9
COMB15 1.0 0.9 -0.9
COMB16 1.0 0.9 -0.9
COMB17 1.0 0.9 -0.9

CHAPTER III: BEAM DESIGN

I. REFERENCES
structures– Design standard.
II. DESIGN CONCEPT
1. Flexural reinforcement design
In general, negative reinforcement is calculated as rectangular section bxh and positive
reinforcement is calculated as rectangular or T-section based on the position of neutral axis
to the lower edge of flange.
1.1. Rectangular section design
Effective depth of section: ho = h – a, with a is the distance from extreme tensile edge to
the centroid of tensile reinforcement.
Factor: m 
M
Rb bho2
If m  R the beam can be designed by ductile failure mode

1 1  2 m
 
2
If m > R the section is over-reinforced and would fail in brittle mode.

The solution to reduce m:
 Increase the cross-section of beam
 Increase the grade of concrete
 Utilize the reinforcement in compression area ( doubly-reinforced section)

Area of tensile reinforcement:
M
As 
Rs ho
As
Choose and arrange reinforcement. The reinforcement ratio:  
bh0
Check   min = 0.05%, if  < min = 0.05% choose  = min = 0.05%,

Rb 19
  R   0.56   2.9%
Rs 365
The limitation of reinforcement ratio: 0.5%    0.5%  2.9%.

1.2. T – section design

b'f
Flange
h'f
Sf Sf
h
Web
The flange is in compressive zone, calculation is the same as T-section. The width of flange:
bf = b + 2.Sc
The extension of flange Sc is not greater than 1/6 span of beam. Besides, it has to satisfy
the following requirements:
 If there is transverse beam or h f  0.1h , Sc is not greater than 1/2 the clear distance
'
of two longitudinal beam.
 If there is no transverse beam and h f  0.1h, sc  6h f

' '
 In case of separate beam, the conditions are:
- sc  6h'f when h'f  0.1h
- sc  3h'f when 0.05  h'f  0.1h
- sc  0 when h'f  0.05h
The value of moment in case the neutral axis is at the lower edge of the flange:
M f  Rbb'f h'f (h0  0.5h'f )
If M  Mf The neutral axis is in the flange, calculation is similar to rectangular section of

b’f x h.
If M > Mf The neutral axis is in the web, compression zone consists of flange and a part of
web.
M  Rb (b f  b)h f (ho  0.5h f )
m 
Rbbho2
The next steps are the same as calculation with rectangular beam.

However, due to the consideration of slab edge in design strip of slab, it should be dis regard
in beam section design. Therefore, beam section design in bot negative and positive
reinforcement follows rectangular beam design.
2. Shear reinforcement design
When there is no inclined reinforcement, the strength condition in shear force on an inclined
section is:
Q  Qgh  Qb  Qsw
Where:
Q: shear force on the inclined section with projection length on member axis c
Qb: Shear resistance of concrete in inclined section c, determined by empirical formulas.
For normal concrete and member of rectangular cross-section, we have
M b 1.5Rbt bh02
Qb   ; cmin  c  c max
c c
0.6h0  c  3.33h0
Qsw : Shear resistance of stirrups.
Rsw Asw Mb
Qsw  qswc0  c0 ; c0  ; h0  c0  2h0
s qsw
III. CALCULATION
1. Materials
 Concrete B35:
Rb  19 MPa , Rbt  1.3 MPa , Eb  34500 MPa
 Longitudinal reinforcement AIII:

Rs  365 MPa , Es  200000 MPa
 Shear reinforcement:
Grade AI for   10mm Rsw  175 MPa
Grade AII for   10mm Rsw  225 MPa
2. Calculation of beam B1-5 (400x1450) span 1, 1st floor

2.1. Internal forces

 Moment:
- Left support: M   1247.3 kNm , M   457.1 kNm
- Middle span: M   649.1kNm
- Right support: M   818.7 kNm , M   117.1kNm

 Shear: Qmax  338.5 kNm
2.2. Rebar determination

2.2.1. Rebar determination for left support
Calculate as a rectangular section b x h = 40 x 145 (cm)
Assume a = 5 cm, h0 = h – a = 145 – 5 =140 cm
M 1247.3  106
m    0.085   R  0.4
Rb bh02 19  400  14002
  0.5  (1  1  2 m )  0.5  (1  1  2  0.085)  0.955

Area of tensile reinforcement
M 1247.3  106
As    2574(mm2 )
Rs h0 365  0.955  1400
Reinforcement ratio:
As 25.74
  100%   100%  0.46%  min  0.05%
bh0 40  140
Select: 5Ø28 (As = 30.8 cm2).

2.2.2. Rebar determination for middle span
Assume a = 5 cm, h0 = h – a = 145 – 5 =140 cm
M 649.1  106
m    0.043   R  0.4
Rb bh02 19  400  14002
  0.5  (1  1  2 m )  0.5  (1  1  2  0.043)  0.978


M 649.1  106
As    1300 (mm2 )
Rs h0 365  0.978  1400
As 13
  100%   100%  0.23%  min  0.05%
bh0 40  141
Select: 3Ø25 (As = 14.7 cm2).

2.2.3. Rebar determination for right support
Assume a = 5 cm, h0 = h – a = 145 – 5 =140 cm
M 818.7  106
m    0.055   R  0.4
Rb bh02 19  400  14002
  0.5  (1  1  2 m )  0.5  (1  1  2  0.055)  0.972

M 818.7  106
As    1648(mm2 )
Rs h0 365  0.972  1400
As 16.48
  100%   100%  0.29%  min  0.05%
bh0 40  140
Select: 3Ø28 (As = 18.5 cm2).

2.2.4. Shear reinforcement determination
Steel: AI; Rs = 225 (MPa); Rsw = 175 (MPa)
Strength condition in shear force on an inclined section:
Shear resistance of concrete:

M b 1.5Rbt bh02
Qb   ; cmin  c  cmax
c c
0.6h0  c  3.33h0
 Qb min  0.5Rbt bh0  0.5  1.3  400  1400  103 = 364 (kN) > Qmax  338.5 kN

 Not require shear reinforcement
3. Calculation of beam B2-5 (400x1450) span 1, 2nd floor

3.1. Internal forces
 Moment:
- Left support: M   639.9 kNm , M   39 kNm
- Middle span: M   205.7 kNm
- Right support: M   247.2 kNm , M   46.3 kNm
 Shear: Qmax  184.1 kNm
3.2. Rebar determination

3.2.1. Rebar determination for left support
Assume a = 5 cm, h0 = h – a = 70 – 5 =65 cm
M 639.9  106
m    0.199   R  0.4
Rb bh02 19  400  6502
  0.5  (1  1  2 m )  0.5  (1  1  2  0.199)  0.888

M 639.9  106
As    3037.3(mm2 )
Rs h0 365  0.888  650
As 30.37
  100%   100%  1.1%  min  0.05%
bh0 40  650
Select: 5Ø28 (As = 30.8 cm2).

3.2.2. Rebar determination for middle span
Assume a = 5 cm, h0 = h – a = 70 – 5 =65 cm
M 205.7  106
m    0.064   R  0.4
Rb bh02 19  400  6502

  0.5  (1  1  2 m )  0.5  (1  1  2  0.064)  0.967

M 205.7  106
As    897(mm2 )
Rs h0 365  0.967  650
As 8.97
  100%   100%  0.35%  min  0.05%
bh0 40  650
Select: 3Ø22 (As = 11.2 cm2).

3.2.3. Rebar determination for right support
Assume a = 5 cm, h0 = h – a = 70 – 5 =65 cm
M 247.2  106
m    0.077   R  0.4
Rb bh02 19  400  6502
  0.5  (1  1  2 m )  0.5  (1  1  2  0.199)  0.96

M 247.2  106
As    1085(mm2 )
Rs h0 365  0.96  650
As 10.85
  100%   100%  0.42%  min  0.05%
bh0 40  650
Select: 3Ø28 (As = 18.5 cm2).

3.2.4. Shear reinforcement determination
Steel: AI; Rs = 225 (MPa); Rsw = 175 (MPa)
Strength condition in shear force on an inclined section:
Shear resistance of concrete:

M b 1.5Rbt bh02
Qb   ; cmin  c  cmax
c c
0.6h0  c  3.33h0
 Qb min  0.5Rbt bh0  0.5  1.3  400  650  103 = 169 (kN) < Qmax  184.5 kN
 Require shear reinforcement
Shear resistance of stirrups:
Rsw Asw Mb
Qsw  qswc0  c0 ; c0  ; h0  c0  2h0
s qsw
Select stirrups having diameter 8 mm; Rsw = 175 (MPa) ; n = 2 legs; spacing s=150 (mm)
n  2 2    82
R A Rsw 175 
qsw  sw sw  4  4  117.3 ( kG / cm 2 )
s s 150
1.5Rbt bh02 1.5  13  40  652

c0    167.6 (cm)
qsw 117.3
c0  2h0  2  65  130 (cm)
2 Rbt bh02 2  13  40  652

Qgh   qsw c0   117.3  130 =490.5( kN )
c0 130
In conclusion, Q = 184.5 kN < Qgh = 490.5 kN: the shear resistance condition of beam is
satisfied.
IV. CALCULATION SUMMARY
1. Internal force combination of beam
Represented in Annex A
2. Reinforcement summary of beam
Represented in Annex B

CHATER IV: SHEAR WALL DESIGN

I. REFERENCES
structures– Design standard.
II. DESIGN CONCEPT

This structure is unlike beam structure (which are basically flexure members and are always
subjected for bending moment only). Shear wall can have infinite number of section
capacity depending of the combination of axial force and moment. It should be always
maintained the increase in one magnitude (axial force or bending) there should be a
decrease for the other so as to keep the section ultimate capacity constant.
Hence, the method of Interaction Diagram is suitable for this component, which can check
all load combinations.
1. Design assumption
- The strain distribution in the concrete in compression and the strains in the
reinforcement, whether in tension or compression, are derived from the assumption
that plane sections remain plan.
- The tensile strength of concrete is ignore
- Rectangular distribution of compressive stress block is assumed
2. Interaction diagram establishment
- Determine rebar parameters (Ai, h0i, yi) based on rebar arrangement
- Establish equilibrium equation of shear wall section
N  Rbbx   si Asi
M *  N e0  Rbbx (0.5h0  0.5x )   si Asi yi

Where: x – equivalent depth of concrete compressive stress block
b – transversal dimension of shear wall depending of bending direction
consideration
h – longitudinal dimension of shear wall depending of bending direction
consideration
h0 – effective height of cross section
si – stress in rebar i
Asi – area of rebar i
yi – distance from center of rebar to center axis of section

- Vary the neutral axis of section from 0 to H, and the stress in rebar will be calculated
for each position of the neutral axis by the following expression:
 2x 
2 h 
 si   oi
 1 Rs for Rs < 365 MPa and concrete grade smaller than B30
 1  R 
 
 
 sc ,u   
 si  1
  i 
for Rs > 365 MPa or concrete grade greater than B30
1
1.1
Where:
    0.0008Rb is stress-strain characteristic of concrete compressive zone
  0.85 for heavy concrete
 sc ,u  500 MPa is limited stress of rebar at concrete compressive zone
x
i 
h0i
The stress in rebar shall be limited by its tensile and compressive strength
 Rsc   si  Rs
- Draw Interaction Curve base based on each couple of force (M,N) founded in each
position of neutral axis.
If the point of coordinates of the design forces (M,N) falls within and very close to the
curve, the amount of reinforcement assumed is therefore acceptable; otherwise, the amount
of reinforcement has to be adjusted to derive another N-M curve until an appropriate one is
obtained.
3. Design couple of force (M-N)
Design force for each combination is derived from ETABS; each section of shear wall
consists of an axial force N, and 2 bending moment M3-3, M2-2 (biaxial bending), which not
included effect of slenderness/
3.1. Effect of slenderness
Total bending moment of cross-section included slenderness effect:
M *  N e0
Where
e0 – total eccentricity for statically intermediate structure

M L h 
e0  max  , , 
 N 600 30 
 – slenderness ratio
 Determination of slenderness ratio:
  1 for   28
1

N
for   28
1
N cr
6.4 Eb I  0.11 
N cr    0.1 
 l l02  0.1   e 
Ml
l  1    1   ;   1 for heavy concrete
M
l0
 e  max( e0 / h,  e ,min ) ;  e,min  0.5 0.01 0.01 Rb
h
3.2. Biaxial bending problem
Because the problem of solving biaxial bending by 3-D interaction diagram is so
complicated, it is acceptable that symmetrically – reinforced rectangular sections may be
designed to withstand an increased moment about one axis given by the following equation:
M 33 M 22 h
For   M 3' 3  M 33   M 22
h b b
M 33 M 22 b
For   M 2' 2  M 22   M 33
h b h
Where  is the coefficient obtained from the table below:
III. CALCULATION
1. Material
 Concrete B40:


Rs  365 MPa , Es  200000 MPa
2. Interaction diagram of shear wall W1-9 to W8-9

2.1. Section properties
Width - b  550 mm Height - h  2500 mm
Gross area - Ac  13750 cm 2
bh 3 hb3
Inertial moment - I 33   71.6  10 cm , I 22 
6 4
 3.46  106 cm4
12 12
Reinforcement arrangement: 2816
- Reinf. Area - As  5629.7 mm 2
- Content -   0.41%
2.2. Interaction diagram at manor axis (3 – 3)
 Rebar location
Rebar layer Quantity Asi (mm2) h0i (mm) yi (mm)

A1 316 603.1858 2462 1212
A2 216 402.1239 2260 1010
A3 216 402.1239 2058 808
A4 216 402.1239 1856 606
A5 216 402.1239 1654 404
A6 216 402.1239 1452 202
A7 216 402.1239 1250 0
A8 216 402.1239 1048 -202
A9 216 402.1239 846 -404
A10 216 402.1239 644 -606
A11 216 402.1239 442 -808
A12 216 402.1239 240 -1010
A13 316 603.1858 38 -1212

 Rebar stress:
Rebar x/h
layer 0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
A1 365 365 365 365 365 365 338.3 109.8 -53.5 -176 -271 -347
A2 365 365 365 365 365 365 225.8 16 -134 -246 -334 -365
A3 365 365 365 365 365 365 113.3 -77.7 -214 -317 -365 -365
A4 365 365 365 365 365 259.2 0.78 -171 -295 -365 -365 -365
A5 365 365 365 365 365 118.6 -112 -265 -365 -365 -365 -365
A6 365 365 365 365 314.9 -22.1 -224 -359 -365 -365 -365 -365
A7 365 365 365 365 127.4 -163 -337 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
A8 365 365 365 365 -60.1 -303 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
A9 365 365 365 145 -248 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
A10 365 365 365 -136 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
A11 365 365 197.9 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
A12 365 303.7 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
A13 365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
N -205.5 -7.7 177.1 531.3 887.4 1243.8 1600.9 1952.9 2286.0 2607.4 2921.1 3229.4
M 0.0 235.5 428.7 727.5 931.6 1039.6 1050.4 973.4 832.8 625.2 348.5 0.0
 Draw Interaction Diagram:

Interaction Diagram N - M3-3

3500
3229.4
2921.1
3000
2607.4
2500 2286.0
1952.9
2000
1600.9
Nu (T)
1500
887.4 1243.8
1000
531.3
500 177.1
-7.7
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-205.5
-500
Mu (Tm)
2.3. Interaction diagram at minor axis (2 – 2)

 Rebar location:
Rebar layer Quantity Asi (mm2) h0i (mm) yi (mm)

A1 1316 2613.805 512 237
A2 216 402.1239 275 0
A3 1316 2613.805 38 -237
 Rebar stress:
Rebar x/h
layer 0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
A1 0 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
A2 365 365 365 365 365 365 263.2 47.22 -107 -223 -313 -365
A3 365 -70.9 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365 -365
N -205.5 59.7 287.8 590.3 902.4 1216.5 1552.6 1912.7 2255.6 2588.3 2914.3 3230.5
M 0.0 66.5 120.1 178.3 219.9 244.9 246.9 225.2 190.7 141.9 78.1 0.0
 Draw Interaction Diagram:


3500
3230.5
2914.3
3000
2588.3
2500 2255.6
1912.7
2000
1552.6
Nu (T)
1500
1216.5
902.4
1000
590.3
500 287.8
59.7
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-205.5
-500
Mu (Tm)
2.4. Design force verification

 Consider combination COMB6: 1DL + 0.9LL + 0.9 WX
1st floor - bottom
N (T) M2-2 (Tm) M3-3 (Tm) V2-2 (T)

2220.6 17.6 509.3 80.2
Gross length of wall: L = 5.8m
Effective length of wall:
lox  loy  0.7 L  4.06 m
Radius of gyration:
r33  h / 12  721.7 mm
r22  b / 12  158.8 mm
Slenderness ratio:
33  r33 / lox  5.63  28  33  1
22  r22 / loy  25.6  28  22  1

Total eccentricity:
M L h   509.3 5.8 2.5 
e0 x  max  33 , ,   max  , ,   0.229
 N 600 30   2220.6 600 30 
M L h   17.6 5.8 0.55 

e0 y  max  22 , ,   max  , ,   0.01
 N 600 30   2220.6 600 30 
Bending moment included slenderness effect:
M 33  N x eox  2220.6  1  0.229  509.3(Tm)
M 22  N y eoy  2220.6  1  0.01  22.21(Tm)

..................................................................
Biaxial bending consideration:
M 33 509.3 M 22.21
  203.72  22   40.38
h 2.5 b 0.55
h
 M 33  M 33  
'
M 22 where N  2220.6
 0.404 ;   0.529
b bhf cu 0.55  2.5  40  100
h
M 3' 3  M 33   M 22  612.8(Tm)
b

3500
3000
2500
2000 (612.8;2220.6)
Nu (T)
1500
1000
500
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-500
Mu (Tm)
 Satisfied

IV. CALCULATION SUMMARY

Load combination and design summary of shear walls of axis F-F is represented in
Appendix C.

CHAPTER V: POST-TENSIONING SLAB DESIGN

I. REFERENCES
Reference:
 EC2: Design of concrete structure
 Technical Report 43
 TCVN 5574 – 2012
II. CALCULATION
1. Materials
1.1. Concrete
 Grade: B35
 f ck  28 MPa - Characteristic compressive cylinder strength of concrete at 28
days
 Ec  34500 MPa - Modulus of elasticity
1.2. Pre-stress steel

Strand T15 follows ATSM A416 – 88 grade 270
   15.24 mm - Nominal diameter
 Ap  140 mm 2 - Area of mono-strand

 E p  195000 MPa - Modulus of elasticity
 f pu  1860 MPa - Tensile strength of pre-stress steel
 f py  1670 MPa - Yield strength of pre-stress steel
 Seating loss = 6 mm
   0.2 rad 1 - Coefficient of friction between pre-stress steel and the duct
   0.001m 1 - Wobble friction factor (inaccuracies in placing)
1.3. Reinforcement
Longitudinal reinforcement: AIII
 f yk  390 MPa - Yield strength of steel
 Es  200000 MPa - Modulus of elasticity

2. Load case and load combination

2.1. Load case
 SW - Self-weight
 SDL – Super dead load
 LL – Live load
 WX, WY – Wind load in X and Y directions respectively
 PT-transfer – Pre-stress force at transfer stage
 PT-final – Pre-stress force at final stage
 PT-final-HP – Hyperstatic force (secondary affect) at final stage
2.2. Load combination
2.2.1. Serviceability limit state ( only for flexural checking)
 Stresses at transfer stage (t=0):
SW  PTtransfer
 Stresses after losses (t=):

For characteristic combination:
SW  SPL  LL  PT final
For quasi-permanent combination:

SW  SPL  0.6 LL  PT final
For frequent combination:

SW  SPL  0.7 LL  PT final
The majority of the variable loads (LL) is live (and therefore the Frequent load combination
will be used for this checking in section stress at SLS. For plant room etc, where the
imposed loading is likely to be more permanent in nature, the characteristic load
combination should be used for the stress check at SLS.
The Quasi-permanent combination is used for checking long-term deflections.
2.2.2. Ultimate limit state
1.35SW  1.35SPL  1.5LL  PT final  HP  1.05W
1.35SW  1.35SPL  1.05LL  PT final  HP  1.5W
1.15SW  1.15SPL  PT final  HP  1.5W

3. Design strip
Column strips and middle strips will be generated in both of directions. The concept of
design strip is represented as follow.
For flat slab with drop panel:
 Column strip consists drop panel, width = drop panel width
 Column strip without drop panel, width = L/4
 Middle strip width = the remain width
3.1. Design strip in X direction
Figure II- 19: Design strip in X-X direction

3.2. Design strip in Y direction

Figure II- 20: Design strip in Y-Y direction

4. Pre-stress forces and losses
4.1. Jacking force
Jacking stress at each mono-strand equals to 80% tensile strength of tendon S6-n (slab
tendon)
f pi  0.8  f pu  0.8  1860  1488 MPa
3
 Jacking force: F  f pi  Ap  1488  140  10  208 kN
4.2. Short – term losses

4.2.1. Friction losses
The losses are due to friction resulting from the change in angle of the tendon and
unintentional “wobble” in tendon. Both effects are considered in the common formula for
friction as shown:
Px  P0  e   (  x )
Where Px denotes force at distance x from the live end

P0 denotes force at the live end
 denotes friction coefficient -   0.2 rad 1

 denotes angle change in tendon from live end to point considered

 denotes wobble factor -   0.001m 1
4.2.2. Draw-in
The inward movement of live anchorage reduces the pre-stress and the amount of
movement depends on the particular pre-stressing system employed, a typical value is
6mm. The draw-in effect is shown in the figure below
Figure II- 21: Short-term stress losses configuration

The two short-term losses will be calculated exactly by ADAPT-PT software.
For preliminary design, the reduction of 18% jacking force are instated.
4.3. Long term losses
The long term losses include:
 Shrinkage of concrete
 Creep of the concrete including the effect of the pre-stress
 Relaxation of the steel tendon
The total long term losses are mentioned in design process by reduce 250MPa of jacking
force (~18%)
 Preliminary stress in tendon after all losses:
 PT  final  0.8  0.82  0.82  f pu  1000 MPa

5. Tendon profile and arrangement

5.1. Tendon profile
Ideally the tendon profile is one that will produce a bending moment diagram of similar
shape, but opposite sign, to the moment from the applied loads.
5.1.1. Tendon in X-direction
Tendons in X direction is in the outer layer so that the minimum distance from the centroid
of strand to concrete surface is:
hduct 20
a p  cp   35   45 mm
2 2
Bending moment diagrams of design strip X-direction for Self-weight is represented as
shown:
Figure II- 22: Bending moment of design strips in X-direction subjected to Self-weight load
Typical profiles of tendon at column and middle strip is generated following the shape of
moment diagrams as shown:
Figure II- 23: Typical tendon profile of middle strip in X-X direction
Figure II- 24: Typical tendon profile of column strip in X-X direction
5.1.2. Tendon in Y-direction
Tendons in Y direction is in the inner layer so that the minimum distance from the centroid
of strand to concrete surface is:
3  hduct 3  20
ap  cp   35   65 mm
2 2
Bending moment diagrams of design strip X-direction for Self-weight is represented as
shown:
Figure II- 25: Bending moment of design strips in Y-direction subjected to Self-weight load

Typical profiles of tendon at column and middle strip is generated following the shape of
moment diagrams as shown:
Figure II- 26: Typical tendon profile of column strip in Y-Y direction
Figure II- 27: Typical tendon profile of middle strip in Y-Y direction

5.2. Tendon arrangement

The concept of preliminary tendon arrangement is based on the pre-compression of
concrete P/A which helps to control cracking and also improves other serviceability issues
such as deflection. In this field, the minimum value of P/A in column and middle strip is
selected by controlling tensile stress of concrete at serviceability limit state.
The stress effected by P/A in extreme concrete fiber is:
P P  e P 6P  e
   
A W / 6 A A h
Where h denotes slab thickness
1 1
e denotes eccentricity of tendons, e  (  )  h at column or at
3 4
middle span (preliminary)
P 6P  h / 3 3P
 c   
A A h A
P 6P  h / 3  P
t   
A A h A
Consider the moment diagram in frequent combination (without effect of pre-stress):

Figure II- 28: Moment diagram of frequent combination in X-X direction

Figure II- 29: Moment diagram of frequent combination in Y-Y direction
Consider a middle strip SL-48:

- Strip width = 5.27 m
- Positive moment = 190 kNm
M 190  106
 Stress at extreme fiber:     3.46 MPa
W / 6 5270  2502 / 6
Control tensile stress in concrete smaller than 1.5 MPa
1.5  3.46   c ,P / A  3.46  3P / A

P / A  0.7 MPa
Apply P/A minimums of 0.7MPa for the other middle strips.
Consider column strip SP-51:
- Strip width = 3.15 m
- Negative moment = 490 kNm

M 490  106
 Stress at extreme fiber:     4.61 MPa
W / 6 3150  4502 / 6
Control tensile stress in concrete smaller than 2.5 MPa
2.5  4.61   c ,P / A  4.61  3P / A

P / A  0.7 MPa
Apply P/A minimums of 0.7MPa for the other column strips.
Table II- 1: Tendon selection in each design strip
Strip Critical
NO. DESIGN STRIP width section TENDON P/A
(mm) height (mm)
1 SL-47, SL-63 2600 250 2S6-2 0.86
2 SL-48, SL-62 5275 250 4S6-2 0.85
3 SL-49, SL-61 3000 450 4S6-3 1.24
4 SL-50, SL-53, SL57, SL-60 4950 250 4S6-2 0.91
5 SL-51, SL-52, SL58, SL-59 3150 450 4S6-2 0.79
6 SL-149 3000 450 5S6-3 1.56
7 SL-55 5275 250 4S6-2 0.85
8 SL-56 2600 250 1S6-2 + 1S6-3 1.08
9 SL-146, SL-147 3350 450 1S6-2 + 2S6-3 0.74
10 SL-108, SL-126 7350 250 5S6-3 1.14
11 SL-110, SL-112 3000 450 2S6-2 + 2S6-3 1.04
12 SL-111 6700 250 4S6-2 0.67
13 SL-109, SL-122 1250 250 1S6-2 0.90

Figure II- 30: Tendon arrangement in X-X direction

Figure II- 31: Tendon arrangement in X-X direction

III. FLEXURAL SECTION DESIGN
1. Serviceability limit state: Stress at transfer
According to Standard Euro Code 2 and Technical Report 43, the allowable tensile and
compressive stresses in concrete have a relationship to the characteristic compressive
strength of concrete at transfer stage (t=0).
The tendon can be pre-stressed if the characteristic compressive cylinder strength of
concrete reaches 20 MPa or equivalent to concrete grade B25 – TCVN 5574:2012
f cki  20 MPa,( f cki ,cube  25MPa )
The stresses in the concrete at transfer stage are checked against the following limits:
 Allowable tensile stress:
[ ]t ,transfer  0.72 f ctmi  0.72  0.3 f cki(2/3)  0.72  0.3  202/3  1.59 MPa
 Allowable compressive stress:

[ ]c ,transfer  0.4 f cki  0.4  20  8MPa
Extreme fiber stress in concrete can be computed as by

P M
  
A W
Where P – Axial force
A – Gross area
M – Bending moment
W – Section modulus
 Design strips in X-direction:
Figure II- 32: Moment diagram in X-X direction diagram at transfer stage

Figure II- 33: Axial force diagram in X-X direction diagram at transfer stage
Consider column strip SL-49:
- Strip width: b = 3 m
- Critical moment: M = -209.16 kNm
- Corresponding axial force: N = 962.8 kN
- Slab depth: h = 450 m
bh 2 3000  4502
- Section modulus: W    101.25  106 m3
6 6
- Stresses at extreme fiber:
P M 962.8  103 209.16  106
    
A W 3000  450 101.25  106
 t  1.35 MPa (satisfied)
 c  2.79 MPa (satisfied)
The other stress verifications of design strips in X-direction will be resulted as following:
Figure II- 34: Top stresses of design strip in X-X direction at transfer stage
Maximum tensile stress at top fiber:
Maximum compressive stress at top fiber:


Figure II- 35: Bottom stresses of design strip in X-X direction at transfer stage
Maximum tensile stress at bottom fiber:
Maximum compressive stress at bottom fiber:

 Design strips in Y-direction:

Figure II- 36: Moment diagram in Y-Y direction diagram at transfer stage
Figure II- 37: Axial force diagram in Y-Y direction diagram at transfer stage

Consider middle strip SL-108:

- Strip width: b = 7.35 m
- Critical moment: M = 57.12 kNm
bh 2 7350  2502
6 6
P M 1226.1  103 57.12  106
    
A W 7350  250 76.5625  106
The other stress verifications of design strips in Y-direction will be resulted as following:
Figure II- 38: Top stresses of design strip in Y-Y direction at transfer stage

Maximum tensile stress at top fiber:

Maximum compressive stress at top fiber:

Figure II- 39: Bottom stresses of design strip in Y-Y direction at transfer stage

Conclusion: Stresses in concrete at transfer stage is satisfied.
2. Serviceability limit state: Stress after all losses

According to Standard Euro Code 2 and Technical Report 43, the allowable tensile and
compressive stresses in concrete have a relationship to the characteristic compressive
strength of concrete at 28 days.
f ck  28 MPa
The stresses in the concrete at transfer stage are checked against the following limits:
 Allowable tensile stress:
[ ]t , frequent  1.2 f ctm  1.2  0.3 f cki(2/3)  1.2  0.3  282/3  3.31 MPa
 Allowable compressive stress:
[ ]c ,transfer  0.6 f cki  0.6  28  16.8 MPa
According to Technical Report 43, where additional reinforcement is contain within the
tension zone, and is positioned close to the tension faces of the concrete, these design
hypothetical tensile stresses may be increased by an amount that is in proportion to the cross
sectional area of reinforcement (expressed as a percentage of the cross sectional of concrete
in the tensile zone). For 1% of additional reinforcement, the stresses may be increased by
4 MPa. For the other of additional reinforcement, the stresses may be increased up to a limit
of 0.3fck, 8.4 MPa.
Extreme fiber stress in concrete can be computed as by
P M
  
A W
Where P – Axial force
A – Gross area
M – Bending moment
W – Section modulus
 Design strip in X-direction:

Figure II- 40: Moment diagram in X-X direction diagram at service stage
Figure II- 41: Axial force diagram in X-X direction diagram at service stage
Consider column strip SL-49:

- Strip width: b = 3 m
- Critical moment: M = -554.49 kNm
bh 2 3000  4502
6 6
P M 1114.82  103 554.49  106
    
A W 3000  450 101.25  106
 t  4.65 MPa (unsatisfied)
The failure of stress checking in tensile zone can be solved by additional reinforcement
which is represented in table…
The other stress verifications of design strips in X-direction will be resulted as following:

Figure II- 42: Top stresses of design strip in X-X direction at service stage
which is represented in Table II- 2.

Figure II- 43: Bottom stresses of design strip in X-X direction at transfer stage
 Design strip in Y-direction:

Figure II- 44: Moment diagram in Y-Y direction diagram at service stage
Figure II- 45: Axial force diagram in Y-Y direction diagram at service stage
Consider middle strip SL-108:

- Strip width: b = 7.35 m
- Critical moment: M = 138.86 kNm
bh 2 7350  2502
6 6
P M 1478.38  103 122.93  106
    
A W 7350  250 76.5625  106
The other stress verifications of design strips in Y-direction will be resulted as following:
Figure II- 46: Top stresses of design strip in Y-Y direction at service stage



which is represented in table…
Figure II- 47: Bottom stresses of design strip in Y-Y direction at service stage
Maximum tensile stress at bot fiber:
Maximum compressive stress at bot fiber:

 Additional reinforcement in unsatisfied section of tensile stress check:

Table II- 3: Additional reinforcement at service stage
Before add Tensile Area of Additional

Width Depth reinforcement zone tensile reinforcement
Design
Strip top bot height zone Requirement
mm mm MPa MPa mm cm2 cm2

SL-49 3000 450 4.65 6.3 258.90 7767.1 26.02
SL-49 3000 250 4.29 6.66 152.05 4561.6 11.18
SL-61 3000 450 4.61 6.2 258.09 7742.8 25.16
SL-61 3000 250 4.28 6.39 149.72 4491.6 10.89
SL-51 3150 250 3.49 5.27 150.40 4737.6 2.13
SL-52 3150 250 3.38 5.1 150.35 4736.1 0.83
SL-59 3150 250 3.43 5.26 151.32 4766.7 1.43
SL-60 3150 250 3.34 5.11 151.18 4762.3 0.36
SL-149 3000 450 3.58 5.14 265.25 7957.6 5.37
SL-149 3000 250 5.82 7.78 143.01 4290.4 26.92
SL-110 3000 250 4.08 6.41 152.76 4582.9 8.82
SL-112 3000 250 4.19 6.7 153.81 4614.3 10.15
3. Ultimate limit state

3.1. Design concept
The design procedure is based on the stress-strain relationship in the design section.
The stress-strain relationship of concrete follows Parabola-rectangle diagram (figure 3.3
EC2):
Figure II- 48: Parabola - rectangle diagram for concrete under compression
  c  
n
  c  
2
 c  f cd  1   1     f ck / 1.5  1  1    for 0   c   c 2
   c 2     0.002  
 c  f cd for  c 2   c   cu 2
Where: n = 2, is the exponent according to Table 3.1 – EC2

 c 2  0.2% , is the strain at reaching the maximum strength
 cu 2  0.35% , is the ultimate strain
f cd   cc f ck /  c  f ck / 1.5
The stress-strain relationship of reinforcing steel follows horizontal top branch stress-strain
diagram (figure 3.8 EC-2):
Figure II- 49: Idealised and design stress-strain diagrams for reinforcing steel
The strain limitation in reinforcing steel is controlled by  su  2%
The stress-strain relationship of pre-stressing steel follows horizontal top branch stress-
strain diagram (figure 3.8 EC-2):

Figure II- 50: Idealised and design stress-strain diagrams for prestressing steel
Note that f p ,0.1k  f py  1670 MPa
The strain limitation in prestressing steel is controlled by  su  2.5%
The stress-strain relationship in the design section is represented as shown:
Figure II- 51: Stress-strain relationship in design section

Where
b denotes section width
ds denotes effective height of reinforcing steel
dp denotes effective height of tendon at design section
Ap denotes the area of tendon
As denotes the area of reinforcing steel
x denotes height of compressive concrete block
 c denotes concrete strain at extreme fiber
 s denotes reinforcing steel strain
 p denotes total tendon strain
 p denotes increased strain of tendon
 p ,ins denotes instant strain of tendon (after all losses)
 c ,max denotes compressive stress of concrete at extreme fiber
Tp, Ts denote tensile force of tendon and reinforcing steel respectively

C and T are force couple (C=T) which will generate the moment capacity, M, of design
section.
Total compressive force of concrete, C, equals to the area of compressive stress block which
can be calculated by integrating the stress-strain diagram:

x c
C     cd
c 0
 Case 1: for  c   c 2   c  0.002
x  
c
f ck   
2
C    1  1   d
 c 0  M    c 2  
 
x f ck   c 2
c 
3
f ck   c  c2 
C     x  
 c 1.5   c 2 3 c22  
1.5  2  103 12  106 
 Case 2: for  c 2   c   cu 2  0.002   c  0.0035
x f ck  c 2     
2

C    1   1 
   d    c   c 2 
c M  0    c 2   
x f ck   c2  f ck  2  103 
C      x  1  
 c 1.5  c 3  1.5  3 c 
Total tensile force of reinforcing steel and prestressing streel:

f sy
T  Tp  Ts  Ap  f pb  As 
M
f py
Where f pb  min( , p  E p )
M
The moment capacity of design section can be computed as following:
M  Tp  ( d p  x  g )  Ts  (d s  x  g )
Where
g denotes distance from neutral axis to the centroid of compressive stress
zone.
c
x    d c
g  0
c
c
  d
0
c
 Case 1: for  c   c 2   c  0.002

c     
2
c
f ck  2 2  3 
       
x 0   c 2  c 2 
1  1  d
  2  d
x 0  M    c 2  
g    c
 c c f    
2
 c  2  2 
0  M  1  1   c 2   d 
ck
0   c 2   c22  d 
 
2 c

3 4 c 2 x 8 c 2  3 c
g  x  
c 4 3 c 2   c
1
3 c 2
 Case 2: for  c 2   c   cu 2  0.002   c  0.0035

x 1 / 60000  ( c  0.002)  ( c  0.002) / 2
g 
c 1 / 750   c  0.002
Therefore, the problem of stress – strain relations method is to find out the neutral axis of
design section, which will be solved by method of trial and error as follow:
Step 1: Find out the limitation of x – depth of compressive stress block
f ys 390
The minimum strain of reinforcement equal to  s ,min    0.195% to ensure
Es 200000
stress in reinforcement reaches to design strength (avoid brittle failure).

 cu 2
xmax  d s 
 cu 2   s ,min
Step 2: Find out the transition point, where both strains of concrete in extreme fiber and
reinforcement reach to ultimate value,  cu 2  0.0035 for concrete and  s ,max  0.02 for
reinforcement.
 cu 2
xtransition  d s 
 cu 2   s ,max
Force equilibrium at this stage:

f sy
T  Tp  Ts  Ap  f pb  As 
M
x f ck  c 2     
2
 f   
C     1   1    d    cu 2 c 2   x  ck   1  c 2 
  
c M  0    c 2    1.5  3 cu 2 
f ck
C  0.81  x 
1.5
If C > T, so the strain of reinforcement reach to the ultimate value (=0.02) first.

 x  xtransition
If C < T, so the strain of concrete reach to the ultimate value (=0.0035) first.
 xtransition  x  xmax
Step 3: Trial and error
 If x  xtransition
i=1
Assume
Determine C, T
Determine C, T Determine C, T
C>T Compare C C<T

i=i+1 and T i=i+1
C=T
Determine moment capacity of design section:

 If xtransition  x  xmax
i=1
Assume
Determine C, T
Determine C, T Determine C, T
C>T Compare C C<T

i=i+1 and T i=i+1
C=T
Determine moment capacity of design section:
3.2. Ultimate flexural design section

Design result is represented in Appendix D

Figure II- 52: Bending moment of design strips in X-direction subjected to ULS load combination
Figure II- 53: Bending moment of design strips in Y-direction subjected to ULS load combination

IV. DEFLECTION CHECK

According to Euro Code 2 – Section 7.4, the gross deflection of slab, beam subjected to
quasi – permanent loads should not exceed span/250 and the net deflection after
construction should be limited of span/500 in order to protect adjacent parts of the structure.
1. Gross deflection
Gross deflection subjected to Quasi-permanent load combination with effect of creep:
 , gross  3.0  ( SW   SDL  0.6 LL   PT  final )  L / 250
Check:  , gross  20.15 mm  L / 250 12500 / 250 50 mm ...................(satisfactory)
2. Net deflection after construction

 net    , gross   instant  2.0 SW  2.0 SDL  1.9 LL  1.85 PT  final )  L / 500
Where  instant is deflection at construction stage

 instant   SW   SDL   PT transfer   SW   SDL  1.15 PT transfer

Check:  net  14.07 mm  L / 500  12500 / 500  25 mm ...........................................

..........................................................................................................(satisfactory)

CHAPTER VI: FOUNDATION DESIGN

I. DESIGN DOCUMENT
1. Design document of the building
1.1. Design load
Design load is used to calculate foundation based on the first limited state. Design internal
force is the maximum of axial force Nmax that is the most dangerous load at column base.
For shear force, we used the maximum Qmax for calculation.

Table II- 4: Design force combination of wall end
Internal Force Combination of Foundation kN-m

Internal Dead Live Wind Wind IF combination 1 IF combination 2
ID Section Wind X Wind Y
Force Load Load XY YX Nmax M3-3,max M2-2,max Nmax M3-3,max M2-2,max
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
4,5 4,6 4,8 4,5,8 4,5,6 4,5,7
N -17649.2 -2846.6 -2216.5 -1492.9 -2633.7 513.7 -20495.8 -19865.7 -20282.9 -22581.5 -22206.0 -21554.8
W-1 Bottom M 3-3 190.0 46.4 5400.8 35.2 3859.6 -3809.6 236.4 5590.8 4049.6 3705.4 5092.5 263.4
M 2-2 120.6 59.4 1.5 150.4 107.9 105.7 180.0 122.1 228.5 271.2 175.4 309.4
Q 123.4 30.3 723.2 15.5 524.4 -502.5 153.7 846.6 647.8 622.6 801.6 164.6
4,5 4,8 4,-6 4,5,7 4,5,7 4,5,-6
N -23692.6 -4290.4 -373.3 -3011.6 -2403.3 -1873.2 -27983.0 -26095.9 -23319.3 -30264.4 -30264.4 -27218.0
W-2 Bottom M 3-3 121.9 39.1 75.1 2179.1 1600.5 1493.8 161.0 1722.4 46.8 2118.3 2118.3 89.5
M 2-2 3.5 5.6 -383.9 -9.8 -279.5 265.6 9.1 -276.0 387.4 -0.3 -0.3 354.1
Q 39.3 21.8 23.9 294.8 226.3 192.3 61.1 265.6 15.4 324.2 324.2 37.4
4,5 4,8 4,6 4,5,7 4,5,7 4,5,6
N -23442.1 -4369.8 382.9 -2983.3 -1846.3 -2390.0 -27811.9 -25288.4 -23059.2 -30059.9 -30059.9 -27030.3
W-3 Bottom M 3-3 125.7 38.7 52.2 2182.0 1586.3 1512.1 164.4 1712.0 177.9 2124.3 2124.3 207.5
M 2-2 -2.7 -5.2 -384.2 8.2 -267.0 278.6 -7.9 -269.7 -386.9 0.0 0.0 -353.2
Q 41.8 21.6 -1.8 294.1 207.6 210.1 63.4 249.4 40.0 325.9 325.9 59.6
4,7 4,-6 4,8 4,5,9 4,5,-6 4,5,7
N -17903.7 -2949.3 2684.6 -1481.1 854.5 -2957.6 -20861.3 -20588.3 -17049.2 -23219.9 -22974.2 -21891.1
W-4 Bottom M 3-3 -99.4 -32.9 5097.6 1.4 3620.3 -3618.3 -3717.7 -5197.0 3520.9 -3385.5 -4716.9 -127.8
M 2-2 95.9 39.3 1.9 181.9 130.5 127.8 223.7 94.0 226.4 246.3 129.6 295.0
Q -54.9 -18.3 535.4 -5.2 376.4 -383.8 -438.7 -590.3 321.5 -416.8 -553.2 -76.1

1.2. Standard load

This kind of load is used for calculation based on the second limiting state. Standard load
= Design load / n (n=1.15 is over load factor)
Table II- 5: Nominal force combination of wall end
Internal IF combination 1 IF combination 2

ID
Force Nmax M3-3,max M2-2,max Nmax M3-3,max M2-2,max
1 3 10 11 12 13 14 15
4,5 4,6 4,8 4,5,8 4,5,6 4,5,7
N -17822.4 -17274.5 -17637.3 -19636.1 -19309.6 -18743.3
W-1 M3-3 205.6 4861.6 3521.4 3222.1 4428.2 229.1
M2-2 156.5 106.2 198.7 235.8 152.5 269.1
Q 133.7 736.2 563.3 541.4 697.0 143.1
4,5 4,8 4,-6 4,5,7 4,5,7 4,5,-6
N -24333.0 -22692.1 -20277.7 -26316.9 -26316.9 -23667.8
W-2 M3-3 140.0 1497.7 40.7 1842.0 1842.0 77.8
M2-2 7.9 -240.0 336.9 -0.2 -0.2 307.9
Q 53.1 231.0 13.4 281.9 281.9 32.5
4,5 4,8 4,6 4,5,7 4,5,7 4,5,6
N -24184.3 -21989.9 -20051.5 -26139.0 -26139.0 -23504.6
W-3 M3-3 143.0 1488.7 154.7 1847.2 1847.2 180.4
M2-2 -6.9 -234.5 -336.4 0.0 0.0 -307.1
Q 55.1 216.9 34.8 283.4 283.4 51.8
4,7 4,-6 4,8 4,5,9 4,5,-6 4,5,7
N -18140.3 -17902.9 -14825.4 -20191.2 -19977.6 -19035.7
W-4 M3-3 -3232.8 -4519.1 3061.7 -2943.9 -4101.6 -111.1
M2-2 194.5 81.7 196.9 214.2 112.7 256.5
Q -381.5 -513.3 279.6 -362.4 -481.1 -66.1
2. Geological document
2.1. Parameter of soil
Table II- 6: Soil parameters
Plastic Dung Dung

Moistu Liquid Liquidi Dung
NO Bottom Thickne limit Hệ số trọng trọng
Type re limit ty trọng
. Level ss moistur dẻo tự đẩy
content moisture index khô
e nhiên nổi
H d W WL Wp Ip B γw γd γđn
g/cm
m m % % % % 3 g/cm3 g/cm3
Back -
1 -1.5 1.5 - - - - - - - -
filling soil
Clayey
2 -11.1 9.6 89 81.03 43.6 37.43 1.21 1.46 0.775 0.481
mud, liquid

Sandy
Clay,
3 -20.5 9.4 64.23 69.76 39.11 30.65 0.82 1.59 0.968 0.607
Liquid
Plastic
Clayey
sand,
4 -29.3 8.8 19.17 21.7 16.16 5.54 0.54 2.03 1.703 1.075
medium
stiff
Clay,
5 -42 12.7 medium 17.88 35.8 17.55 18.25 0.02 2.06 1.748 1.105
stiff
Cobble
6 - - - - - - - - - -
gravel
Lực
Hệ số dính Internal
Bottom Tỷ Độ Void Hệ số SPT Elastic
NO. Thickness bão không friction
Level trọng rỗng ratio nén Index modulus
hòa thoát angle
nước
H d Δ n e G Cu φ a1-2 N30 Eo
m m g/cm3 % % kPa Độ cm2/kG kG/cm2
1 -1.5 1.5 - - - - - - - - -
2 -11.1 9.6 2.64 70.6 2.4 97.6 8.9 3°30' 0.263 0 11.54
3 -20.5 9.4 2.68 63.8 1.77 97.4 21.1 4°45' 0.139 3 18.41
4 -29.3 8.8 2.71 37.1 0.59 88 18.2 24°12' 0.013 21 130.13
5 -42 12.6 2.72 35.8 0.56 87.3 80.5 17°20' 0.017 32 92.87
6 - - 2.68 - - - - 45° - 100 600
2.2. Geological section
2.3. Geological assessment

Layer 1: Backfilling soil
This layer is located from -1.5 m to the natural ground level and will be removed during
underground work.
Layer 2: Clayey mud – liquid
Depth: -1.5 m to -11.1 m. This layer has low load bearing capacity and big depth (9.6m).
Therefore, this layer is not used for base of high rise building.
Layer 3: Sandy clay – liquid plastic
Depth: -11.1 m to -20.5 m. This is not a good soil layer. It has low construction feature. The
average depth is 9.4 m. This layer is not used for high rise building’s base.

Layer 4: Clayey sand – medium stiff

Depth: -20.5 m to -29.3 m. This layer has average load bearing capacity, average
construction feature. The average depth is 8.8 m. This layer is not used for high rise
building’s base.
Layer 5: Clay – medium stiff
Depth: -29.3 m to -42 m. The soil is grey-white in medium tight. It has good load bearing
capacity. The average depth is quite big 15 m. This is considered to be used for high rise
building’s base.
Layer 6: Cobble-gravel
Depth: from -42 m with unlimited depth. The soil is yellow-brown and has tight structure,
very good load bearing capacity, low settlement. This layer can be used for base of high
rise building.
II. FOUNDATION SOLUTION
According to above analysis, the foundation of the building will be put into layer 5 or 6.
Two suitable foundation solutions are recommended:
 Prefabricated reinforced pile foundation with low pile cap.
 Bored pile foundation with low pile cap.
It is needed to consider all the advantages and disadvantages of each solution.

1. Prefabricated reinforced concrete pile
Common square size of precast pile: 20x20, 35x35, 40x40, 45x45 cm.
Advantages:
The pile is prefabricated so it is easy to strictly control its quality and this is reliable.
Disadvantages:
The small size of pile causes limited capacity. It is hard to construct the pile with an extra
size. Low load bearing capacity causes the big number of piles and this is waste of
materials. Thus, precast is not suitable for high rise building.
The quality of pile connection is not ensured and this directly affects to the load bearing
capacity.
Driving pile causes vibratory affecting to the areas nearby. The impulse force with make
the tip of pile be broken.
2. Bored pile

Bored pile is a kind of pile that is casted in place by creating bore hole (by machines) and
concreting then. The bored pile is much bigger than precast pile, diameter: 0.6 m, 0.8 m,
1.0 m, 1.2 m
Advantages:
With big depth of bore hole, the pile can go straight to the good soil layer, so the settlement
is small.
The load bearing capacity is high so we can reduce the number of piles in pile cap and the
cap’s size is also reduced.
It is no needed to transport bored pile -> save reinforcement. The construction of bored pile
does cause noise, vibration.
Disadvantages:
It is difficult to control the quality of bored pile. The reparation of bored pile is hard and
waste.
The construction machines of bored pile are complicated and requires high professional
engineer.
Not friendly to environment because of mud and bentonite.
3. Selection
From those analysis and the big concentrated forces applying on column base, approximate
30000 kN, the bored pile is seem to be more suitable for this building.
According to the geological condition, the bored pile must be put into cobble- gravel layer
to have enough load bearing capacity.
The proposed depth: -45 m from natural level, 3 m in gravel layer.
III. BORED PILE FOUNDATION DESIGN
1. Materials
 Concrete grade B30 for both of pile cap and bored pile

Rsc  365 MPa , Es  200000 MPa

2. Preliminary dimensions
2.1. Pile cap
The top surface of pile cap is in basement cos -5.8m or 4.75m from the natural ground. It
is assumed that all horizontal force applying on the pile cap. The preliminary depth of pile
cap must satisfy the follow condition:
 Q
hd  0,7.tg (450  ) 0
2 b
Where:
φ: Angle of internal friction
γ: Unit weight of the soil above the pile cap base level.
Q0: Total lateral force.
b: Pile cap width.
For wall W-1:
φ = 3.5 o; Q = 846.6 kN, γ = 14.6 kN/m3; b = 2m
3.5o 846.6
hd  0.7  tan(450  )  3.5m
2 14.6  2
For wall W-2:
φ = 3.5 o; Q = 846.6 kN, γ = 14.6 kN/m3; b = 2m
3.5o 846.6
hd  0.7  tan(450  )  3.5m
2 14.6  2
For wall W-3:
φ = 3.5 o; Q = 846.6 kN, γ = 14.6 kN/m3; b = 2m
3.5o 846.6
hd  0.7  tan(45 
0
)  3.5m
2 14.6  2
For wall W-4:
φ = 3.5 o; Q = 846.6 kN, γ = 14.6 kN/m3; b = 2m
3.5o 846.6
hd  0.7  tan(450  )  3.5m
2 14.6  2
Preliminary depth:
Pile cap: Hd = 3.5 m

2.2. Bored pile

The diameter D and length L of bored pile is selected based on geological condition and
building’s load. In scale of graduate project, these types of column are selected: D800 mm,
D1000 mm, and D1200 mm
The pile toe is put into gravel layer 3 m (more than 2D-3D). Elevation of pile toe (from
natural ground level): -45 m
Design length of bored pile:
L = 45 – 3.5 – 3 = 38.5 m.
The size of bored pile satisfies the slenderness condition: L/D ≤ 70-100.
According to TCXD 205-1998 (3.3.6b), for axial compressive pile, the reinforcement
content should not less than 0.2-0.4%.
Column D800 (A = 5027 cm2): Select 16Ø18, As = 40.71 cm2, μ = 0.81 % in high zone
Select 16Ø16, As = 32.16 cm2, μ = 0.4 % in low zone
Column D1000 (A = 7854 cm2): Select 16Ø20, As = 50.26 cm2, μ = 0.64 %.
Select 16Ø18, As = 40.71 cm2, μ = 0.64 %.
Column D1200 (A = 11310 cm2): Select 16Ø22, As = 60.82 cm2, μ = 0.53 %.
The stirrup of bored pile is normally Ø6-Ø10, space 200-300 mm. Select stirrup: Ø8a300
(Ø 8a200 in connection area).
3. Bearing capacity of bored pile
3.1. Bearing capacity of bored pile by materials
The load bearing capacity of pile by material is the capacity where pile is broken due to the
stress of pile is bigger than capacity of material [Pvl].
It is difficult to control the quality of bored pile because it is casted in bore hole. Thus, the
load bearing capacity of bored pile tends to decrease.
The loading capacity of pile by material is determined by the follow formula:
Pvl    m1m2 Rb Ap  Rs As 
Where:
Rb: Compressive strength of concrete.
Ap: Cross-section area of bored pile.
Rs: Tensile strength of longitudinal rebar.
As: Cross-section area of longitudinal rebar.

φ =1: buckling factor.

m1: Coefficient of working condition. When concrete is poured vertically in tremie pipe:
m1 = 0.85.
m2 = 0.7: Coefficient of working condition.
Table II- 7: Load capacity of bored pile by material
D Rb Ap Rs As Pvl
PILE
m MPa m2 Mpa mm2 kN
high zone 0.8 17 0.503 365 4071 6570.3
D800
low zone 0.8 17 0.503 365 3216 6258.2
high zone 1 17 0.785 365 5026 9778.8
D1000
low zone 1 17 0.785 365 4071 9430.2
high zone 1.2 17 1.131 365 6082 13659.7
D1200
low zone 1.2 17 1.131 365 5026 13274.3
high zone 1.5 17 1.767 365 -1059 17488.1
D1500
low zone 1.5 17 1.767 365 -1914 17176.1
3.2. Bearing capacity of bored pile by base soil

Bearing capacity of bored pile by base soil is the loading capacity where the ground base is
deformed over limitation, which can be calculated by SPT test result:
3.2.1. Limited bearing capacity of bored pile by base soil determined by Meyerhof (1956)
expression:
Q   K1 N a Ap  K 2 Ntb Axq 
Where:
Q: Bearing capacity of pile (T).
Na: Value N30 of soil underneath the pile (hammer blow/30cm).
Ap: Cross-section area of pile (m2).
Ntb: Average value N30 along the pile shaft (hammer blow/30cm).
N tb 
N l
i i

21  8.8  32  12.6  100  3
 36.4
l i 8.8  12.6  3
As: Sided area of pile (m2) in non-cohesive soil

Axp = πD(8.8+12.6+24.4 ) = 26πD
Bored pile: K1 = 120; K2= 1
Safety factor: Fs = 2

Table II- 8: Base soil bearing capacity of pile by Meyerhof (1956)
PILE D (m) K1 Na Ap (m2) K2 Ntb Axq (m2) Q (kN)

D800 0.8 120 100 0.503 1 36.4 65.35 8410.4
D1000 1 120 100 0.785 1 36.4 81.68 12398
D1200 1.2 120 100 1.131 1 36.4 98.02 17140
D1500 1.5 120 100 1.767 1 36.4 122.52 25666
3.2.2. Bearing capacity of bored pile by base soil determined by Japanese’s expression:
1
Q    ( N a FP )  (0.2 N s Ls  cLc ) d 
3
Where:
Q: Bearing capacity of bored pile (T).
Ap: Cross-section area of pile (m2).
D: Pile diameter (m).
Ls: Length of pile in sandy layer (m)
Ls = 8.8 + 3 = 11.8 m
Lc : Length of pile in clay layer (m).
Lc = 9.6 + 9.4 + 12.7 = 31.7 m
Na: Value N30 of soil underneath the pile (hammer blow/30cm), Na = 100
Ns: Value N30 of sandy soil beside the pile (hammer blow/30cm). Ns = 41.08
C: Average Adhesive force of soil beside pile shaft (T/m2).
8.9  9.6  21.1  9.4  80.5  12.7
c  41.2 kPa = 4.12T/m2
31.7
: Factor of operating condition; bored pile:  = 15.
Table II- 9: Base soil bearing capacity of pile by Japanese expression
Pile D (m) Na Ap (m2) Ns Ls (m) c (kPa) Lc (m) Q (kN)

D800 0.8 100 0.503 41.08 11.8 41.2 31.7 13536
D1000 1 100 0.785 41.08 11.8 41.2 31.7 17705
D1200 1.2 100 1.131 41.08 11.8 41.2 31.7 22189
D1500 1.5 100 1.767 41.08 11.8 41.2 31.7 29503
3.3. Summary of bearing capacity of bored pile
Design loading P = min (Pvl, Pđn)
Table II- 10: Summary of bearing capacity of bored soil
Pdn*ꙋ0/(ꙋn*ꙋk)
Pvl P
PILE JP's formular Meyerhof's formular
kN kN kN kN
D800 8065.7 6007.4 9668.5 6000
D1000 12115.4 8855.7 12646.7 8500
D1200 17024.4 12242.5 15849.2 12000
D1500 25906.7 18332.5 21073.7 18000
Where:
ꙋ0 = 1.15, ꙋn = 1.15, ꙋk = 1.4
Notation: we can increase the bearing capacity of piles by changing materials or extending
the length of pile.
4. Bored pile quantity and arrangement
4.1. Bored pile quantity
Quantity of pile is preliminarily determined as follow:
N
n
P
Where: n: Pile quantity.
: Correlation factor between Moment and Axial force,  = (1.2-2).
N: Total axial force applied on the bottom of the pile cap.
P: Bearing capacity of bored pile.
Table II- 11: Bored pile quantity and arrangement
W-1 W-2 W-3 W-4
P
PILE N0 Number N0 Number N0 Number N0 Number
kN kN of pile kN of pile kN of pile kN of pile
D800 8000 22582 3.3 - 5.6 30265 4.5 - 7.5 30060 4.5 - 7.5 23220 3.4 - 5.8
D1000 12000 22582 2.2 - 3.7 30265 3-5 30060 3-5 23220 2.3 - 3.8
D1200 17000 22582 1.5 - 2.6 30265 2.1 - 3.5 30060 2.1 - 3.5 23220 1.6 - 2.7
D1500 25000 22582 1 - 1.8 30265 1.4 - 2.4 30060 1.4 - 2.4 23220 1.1 - 1.8
 Select 2 piles D1200 for Foundation under W-1, 4 and 4 piles D1000 for Foundation
under W1-2, 3.

4.1. Piles arrangement

The distance between bored piles has to follow the condition:
3×Dc ≤ ∆x,y ≤ 6×Dc
Where:
∆x,y: distance between bored piles in X, Y direction
Dc: Diameter of piles
The purpose of condition 3×Dc ≤ ∆x,y is to avoid pile group effect. When piles are arranged
to close, the soil feature will be changed.
The purpose of condition ∆x,y ≤ 6×Dc is to avoid waste when piles are arranged far from
each other.
For pile D1000: 3000 ≤ ∆x,y ≤ 6000 mm
The size of cap is determined based on pile diagram. The distance from pile edges to cap
edges is: δx,y ≥ {0.5×Dc; 0.1}
Figure II- 54: Pilc cap PC-1 plan

Figure II- 55: Pile cap PC-2 plan
5. Checking bearing capacity of bored piles

Maximum load applied on bored pile i, coordinates (xi, yi) with origin O (0;0) at the pile
cap center, can be calculated as follow:
N  Gd M y xi M xtt yi
tt
P  n  n
 xi  yi2
nc 2
i 1 i 1

Where:
nc : number of piles;
N: maximum axial force at column base
Gd: weight of pile cap
Mttx, Mtty: bending moment at bottom level of pile cap
5.1. Pile cap PC-1 checking
Additional load caused by pile cap self-weight:
Gd  S  H   c  1.1  10  3  25  1.1  924 kN
Critical load combination (wind load excluded):

LOAD COMBINTION Fx1 Fy1 N1 Mx1 My1
(kN) (kN) (kN) (kNm) (kNm)
1.0DL + 1.0LL 153.7 110.0 20495.0 180.0 236.4

Critical load combination (wind load included):
Tổ hợp Fx2 Fy2 N2 Mx2 My2
1.0DL + 0.9LL + 0.9W 801.6 120.0 22206.0 175.4 5092.0
Total axial force at bored pile head:

STT xi yi PMx1 PMy1 Pi1 PMx2 PMy2 Pi2
(m) (m) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
1 -1.800 0.000 0.0 -193.8 10515.8 0.0 -2082.4 9482.6
2 1.800 0.000 0.0 193.8 10903.3 0.0 2082.4 13647.4
 x2 = 6.480  y2 = 0.000
Maximum axial force at bored pile head of load combination without wind load:
max( Pi1 )  10903 kN  [ P ]  12000 kN (satisfied)
Maximum axial force at bored pile head of load combination with wind load:
max( Pi 2 )  13647 kN  1.2[ P ]  14400 kN (satisfied)
5.2. Wall W-2 checking

Additional load caused by pile cap self-weight:
Gd  S  H   c  1.1  4.8  4.8  3  25  1.1  1900.8 kN

Critical load combination (wind load excluded):

LOAD COMBINATION Fx1 Fy1 N1 Mx1 My1

1.0DL + 1.0LL 0.0 61.1 27983.0 161.0 9.1
Critical load combination (wind load included):
LOAD COMBINATION Fx2 Fy2 N2 Mx2 My2
1.0DL + 0.9LL + 0.9W 0.0 324.2 30264.4 2118.3 -0.3
Total axial force at bored pile head:
STT xi yi PMx1 PMy1 Pi1 PMx2 PMy2 Pi2
(m) (m) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
1 1.500 1.500 -3.7 1.5 7468.8 191.0 -0.1 8232.2
2 1.500 -1.500 3.7 1.5 7476.2 -191.0 -0.1 7850.3
3 -1.500 -1.500 3.7 -1.5 7473.2 -191.0 0.1 7850.4
4 -1.500 1.500 -3.7 -1.5 7465.7 191.0 0.1 8232.3
 x2 = 9.000  y2 = 9.000
Maximum axial force at bored pile head of load combination without wind load:
max( Pi1 )  7476.3 kN  [ P ]  8500 kN (satisfied)
Maximum axial force at bored pile head of load combination with wind load:
max( Pi 2 )  8232.3 kN  1.2[ P ]  10200 kN (satisfied)
6. Punching shear checking

Case 1: Punching failure caused by the punching tower as below:

2.6.4 Punching diagram

Checking formula:
h h 
P  2h0 Rbt  0  bc  c2   0  hc  c1  
 c1 c2 
In case the pile cap with 2 piles:

h 
P  2 Rbt  0  bc  c2  h0   b  bc  hc  c1  
 c1 
Where:
P = 2ΣPi, Pi: punching force: the total reactions of piles that are out of puncture tower on
the side has greater value from the neutral axis of column
bc xhc : dimension of column section
h0: effective depth of pile cap, h0 = Hd – a
Rbt: design tensile strength of concrete, Rb = 120 MPa
c1, c2: distances from column edge to edge of punching tower
h0
(1   2.5 )
ci

Case 2: Punching failure caused by the punching plane as below:
2.6.5 Punching diagram

Checking formula:
h0
P  1.5.Rbt .h0 .b
c
Where:
PΣ: breaking load is the total reactions of all piles out of breaking plane
Rbt: design tensile strength of concrete, Rbt = 120 kPa
b: the widths of pile cap
c: width of plan view of breaking plan
when c ≤ 0.6h0 we have Pcct = 2,5.b.h0.Rbt
when c ≥ 2.5h0 we have Pcct = 0.6.b.h0.Rbt

Pile cap PC-2
 Case 1
bc xhc = 0.55x2.5 m
h0 = 3 – 0.1 = 2.9 m
c1 =0.79 m, c2 = 0.314m, h0/c1=3.7 > 2.5 => choose h0/c1=h0/c2 = 2.5
 P  2  2.9  1200 2.5  2.5  0.314   2.5  0.55  0.79   72279.6 kN
Punching force:
Pct = 4.Pmax = 4x8232,0 = 32928 kN < Pcdt = 72279.6 kN
 Satisfied
 Case 2
h0 = 2.9m; b = 0.55m, c = 0.79m

c = 0.79 < 0.6h0 = 1.74
 Pcct  2.5  1200  1,85  4  34800 kN
Pct =2Pmax = 2x8232.0 = 16464< Pcct = 34800 kN

Satisfied

7. Pile cap reinforcement determination

The reinforcement in pile cap is installed to bear the bending moment due to reaction at pile
tip. The reinforcement is commonly calculated with maximum moment.
The pile cap is considered as a cantilever beam that is fixed at column edge. Reinforcement
is designed as follow:
7.1. Reinforcement of pile cap under wall W-1
Moment at wall edge:

M I  P2  0.55  13647  0.55  7506 kNm
Required reinforcement:
 I direction:
M 7506  106
As1    7879 mm2  3940 mm2 / m
0.9h0 Rs 0.9  2900  365
As1 12780
%    100%  0.15%  min  0.05%
bh0 2900  2900
Select:  28@150 As = 44105 mm2/m
 II direction:

Take Asmin = 1500mm2/m

Select:  25@ 300 As = 1963 mm2/m
7.2. Reinforcement of pile cap under wall W-2
Moment at wall edge:

M I  P23  1.25  20103.2 kNm
M II  P12  0.5  8041.5 kNm
Required reinforcement:
 I direction:
M 20103.2  106
As1    21102.4 mm2  4400 mm2 / m
0.9h0 Rs 0.9  2900  365
As1 21102.4
%   100%  0.15%  min  0.05%
bh0 4800  2900
Select:  28@125 As = 4926 mm2/m
 II direction:
M 8041  106
As1    8440.7 mm2  1758 mm2 / m
0.9h0 Rs 0.9  2900  365

As1 8440.1
%   100%  0.06%  min  0.05%
bh0 4800  2900
Select:  25@ 250 As = 1963 mm2/m
8. General checking bored pile foundation

The loading capacity foundation is checked based on the loading capacity of soil under the
equivalent foundation block. The standard load is used to check this condition.
It is assumed that the load of foundation can apply on a wider area because of the friction
in soil and between soil and piles.
Figure 2.6.7 Equivalent foundation block

Checking condition:
Pqư ≤ Rđ and Pmaxqư ≤ 1.2Rđ
Rđ is design strength of base soil.
8.1. Checking bearing capacity of soil under equivalent foundation block of PC-1
Standard load at column base:
N0 = 19636.1 kN
M33 = 2660 kN.m

M0y = 235.2 kN.m
Dimensions of equivalent block: H = 38.65m
Opening angle α:
n
 tb 1 
i hi
1 6.75  3.5o  9.4  4.75o  8.8  24.2o  12.7  17.3o  1  45o
   i 1n  ( )  13.95o
6.75  9.4  8.8  12.7  1
h
4 4 4
i
i 1
Length and width of equivalent block:
Btd  B  2 Htg  2  2  38.65  tg13.5o  20.5m
Ltd  L  2 Htg  5.6  2  38.65  tg13.5o  24.2m

Btd L2td
Wx   2000 m3
6
Btd 2 Ltd
Wy   1695 m3
6
Standard load at the bottom of equivalent block

N = N0 + Fm.γtb.Hm = 19636 + 24.2x20.5x20x43.4 = 450250.8 (kN)
Mx = M0x = 2660 kN.m
My = M0y = 235.2 kN.m
Stress at the bottom of equivalent block
N Mx My 450250 2660 235.2
Pmax        931.74 (kN/m2)
Fqu w x w y 24.2  20 2000 1695
N M x M y 132660.6 2660 235.2

Pmin        928.8 (kN/m2)
Fqu w x w y 13.4  11 2000 1695
931.7  928.8
Ptb   930.25 (kN/m2)
2
Strength of soil at the bottom of equivalent block
Pgh 1 0.5 N Btd    2 N q q   3 Nc c
 P  
Fs Fs

Inner friction angle of the soil under foundation block α = 45o, thus:
Nγ = 297.5; Nq = 173.3; Nc = 172.3.
Natural weight of soil under foundation block: γ = 16.7 KN/m3
Natural stress of soil at the bottom of equivalent block:
q    i hi  9.0 19.2  1119.7  8 19  15 18.1  3 16.7  863.1 kN/m2
Coefficient:
Btd 11
1  1  0.2  1  0.2  0.84
Ltd 13.4
2  1
Btd 11.2
 3  1  0.2  1  0.2  1.16
Ltd 14.2
Cobble-gravel layer has c = 0.
Pgh 0.84  0.5 16.7 11.6  297.5  1173.3  845.7
  P    57441.6
Fs 3
We have: Pqư ≤ Rđ and Pmaxqư ≤ 1.2Rđ => satisfied

8.2. Checking bearing capacity of soil under equivalent foundation block of PC-2
Standard load at column base:
N0 = 26316 kN
M33 = 1840 kN.m
M22 = 0 kN.m
Dimensions of equivalent block: H = 38.65m
Opening angle α:
n
1 
i hi
 1 6.75  3.5o  9.4  4.75o  8.8  24.2o  12.7  17.3o  1  45o
  tb   i 1n  ( )  13.95o
6.75  9.4  8.8  12.7  1
h
4 4 4
i
i 1
Length and width of equivalent block:
Btd  B  2 Htg  4.8  2  38.65  tg13.5o  23.3m
Ltd  L  2 Htg  4.8  2  38.65  tg13.5o  23.3m

Btd L2td
Wx   2108 m3
6
Btd 2 Ltd
Wy   2108 m3
6
Standard load at the bottom of equivalent block

N = N0 + Fm.γtb.Hm = 26316 + 23.2x23.2x20x43.4 = 493508 (kN)
Mx = M22 = 0 kN.m
My = M33 = 1840 kN.m
Stress at the bottom of equivalent block
N Mx My 493508 0 1840
Pmax        910 (kN/m2)
Fqu w x w y 23.3  23.2 2108 2108
N Mx My 493508 0 1840
Pmin        908 (kN/m2)
Fqu w x w y 23.3  23.2 2108 2108
910  908
Ptb   909 (kN/m2)
2
Strength of soil at the bottom of equivalent block
Pgh 1 0.5 N Btd    2 N q q   3 Nc c
 P  
Fs Fs
Inner friction angle of the soil under foundation block α = 45o, thus:
Nγ = 297.5; Nq = 173.3; Nc = 172.3.
Natural weight of soil under foundation block: γ = 16.7 KN/m3
Natural stress of soil at the bottom of equivalent block:
q    i hi  9.0 19.2  1119.7  8 19  15 18.1  3 16.7  863.1 kN/m2
Coefficient:
Btd 11
1  1  0.2  1  0.2  0.84
Ltd 13.4
2  1

Btd 11.2
 3  1  0.2  1  0.2  1.16
Ltd 14.2
Cobble-gravel layer has c = 0.
Pgh 0.84  0.5 16.7 11.6  297.5  1173.3  845.7
  P    57441.6
Fs 3
We have: Pqư ≤ Rđ and Pmaxqư ≤ 1.2Rđ => satisfied
9. Checking settlement condition

The settlement of foundation is mostly caused by the deformation of the soil under piles.
It is assumed that the pile foundation is a block involving pile and the soil around. The soil
under pile has incremental deformation. Therefore, in favor of safety, we can use the
predicted settlement formula for uniform foundation with features of the soil under piles:
(1   2 )
S  const Btd gl
E
Where:
σgl: settling pressure at bottom of foundation block
Btd: bottom width of foundation block
ωconst: factor involves foundation shape, ωconst =f(Ltd/Btd)
μ0: horizontal deformation factor of soil μ0 = 0.3
E0: elastic modulus of soil, E0 = 60000 kN/m2
Settlement of foundation PC-1
We have Ltd/Btd = 24.2/20.5 =1.18 => ωconst = 0.97
Settling pressure:
Ntc 132660.6
 gl     i hi    9.19,2  11.19,7  8.19  15.18.1  3.16,7   36.9kN / m2
Fqu 1113.4
Settlement:
(1   2 ) (1  0.32 )
S  const Btd gl  0.97  11.6  36.9  0.62cm   S   8cm
E 60000
=> Satisfied
Settlement of foundation PC-2

We have Ltd/Btd = 23.3/23.3 =1 => ωconst = 0.88

Settling pressure:
Ntc 164891,7
 gl     i hi  2
  9.19.2  11.19,7  8.19  15.18.1  3.16,7   55.2kN / m2
Fqu 13,4
Settlement:
(1   2 ) (1  0.32 )
S  const Btd gl  0.88  13.4  55.2  0.98cm   S   8cm => Satisfied
E 60000

PART III:
CONSTRUCTION
(45%)
INSTRUCTOR: MsC. VƯƠNG ĐỖ TUẤN CƯỜNG

Division of Construction Technology &
Management
CLASS: 58XE2
STUDENT ID: 32458
TASKS:
Design of construction methods for bored piles and Larsen sheet pile
Design of construction methods for basements.
Calculation of construction volume for foundation and basements.
Calculation of organization parameters and creating construction schedule
for basements.
Calculating and creating master plan for substructures.
DRAWINGS:
C-01: Bored pile construction.
C-02: Sheet pile and prop system construction.
C-03: Excavation construction.
C-04: Pile cap and ground beam construction.
C-05: Construction schedule & labor resource.
C-06: Master plan of substructure construction.

CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT INFORMATION AND

CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGIES
I. PROJECT INFORMATION
1. Project location
Sky Garden tower is constructed in a hustle condition, in Vinh city. Therefore it
requires a suitable construction technologies to avoid adverse impacts on the adjacent
building and to ensure both of safety and environment conditions.
2. Structure system
2.1. Underground structure
- There is a basement on grade made by reinforced concrete and a mezzanine
basement using deck slab technologies
- Foundation uses bored pile with diameter ranged from D800 to D1200. Fixed level
of all piles is -44.55m.
- Basement wall made from reinforced concrete which behaved as a retaining wall.
2.2. Superstructure
- Lateral resistant system consists of a core wall at the middle of each tower and shear
walls located at the periphery of building.
- Gravity resistant system are Post-tensioning slab at the podium and office floors and
ribbed beam slab at apartment floors.
3. Geotechnical and hydrological condition
- Two top soil layers is clayed mud and soft clay with about 20m in depth. This soil
condition don’t adversely affect bored pile construction but is a big problem for
excavation construction.
- In sphere of project, assume the effect of water ground has been handling already.
II. CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGIES FOR SUBSTRUCTURE
1. Introduction of construction methods
1.1. Bottom-up method
Under this method, after the construction of pile and diaphragm wall, slurry pile or sheet
pile surrounding the construction works, the contractor will conduct open-cut excavation
to certain depth and then precede installation of the strutting system (bracing system) to
support the basement walls during excavation and construction of the basement. Depending
on the depth of foundation mat, structure design may require one or more different layers
of struts to ensure sufficient resistance against pressure of soil + ground water outside the
project impact on the basement walls.

After installation of strutting system is completed and ground is excavated to bottom

level of foundation, the contractor will construct foundation, basement, superstructure of
the building upward from the bottom in accordance with normal procedures.
Strutting system can be used as hard core for structural beams/floor of the basement or
will be removed after the basement floor shall afford all the pressure exerted on the
basement walls.
Advantages:
It is a conventional construction method well understood by contractors.
Waterproofing can be applied to the outside surface of the structure.
The inside of the excavation is easily accessible for the construction equipment and the
delivery, storage and placement of materials.
Drainage systems can be installed outside the structure to channel water or divert it away
from the structure.
Disadvantages:
Somewhat larger footprint required for construction than for top-down construction.
The ground surface cannot be restored to its final condition until construction is
complete.
Requires temporary support or relocation of utilities.
May require dewatering that could have adverse affects on surrounding infrastructure.
1.2. Top-down construction
In this method, the underground retaining walls are first installed. In most cases, these
retaining walls are concrete diaphragm walls. This is followed by excavation to just below
the roof slab level of the underground structure, with the retaining walls and struts
supporting the soil at the sides. The roof slab is then constructed, providing a massive
support across the excavation. Access openings on the roof slab are provided so that works
thereafter could proceed downwards to the base slab level of the underground structure.
Upon completion of the base slab, the side walls are constructed and the intermediate struts
are progressively removed. The access openings on the roof slab are then sealed and the
ground is subsequently backfilled and reinstated.
Advantages:
It allows early restoration of the ground surface above the tunnel.
The temporary support of excavation walls are used as the permanent structural walls.
The structural slabs will act as internal bracing for the support of excavation thus
reducing the amount of tie backs required.

It requires somewhat less width for the construction area.

Easier construction of roof since it can be cast on prepared grade rather than using
bottom forms.
It may result in lower cost for the tunnel by the elimination of the separate, cast-in-place
concrete walls within the excavation and reducing the need for tie backs and internal
bracing.
It may result in shorter construction duration by overlapping construction activities.
Disadvantages:
Inability to install external waterproofing outside the tunnel walls.
More complicated connections for the roof, floor and base slabs.
Potential water leakage at the joints between the slabs and the walls.
Risks that the exterior walls (or center columns) will exceed specified installation
tolerances and extend within the neat line of the interior space.
Access to the excavation is limited to the portals or through shafts through the roof.
Limited spaces for excavation and construction of the bottom slab.
2. Selection basement construction method for this project
Because total excavation depth is not so high, Bottom-up construction with Larsen
sheet pile and props system is selected. It is noticeable ground soil is so weak and
excavation periphery is so wide, which generates a big problem for Larsen sheet pile and
props system. The solution will be represented in Chapter II.
The overall construction stage of underground structure is represented as follow:
Stage 1: Install Larsen sheet pile and, then, construct bored piles

Figure III- 1: Install Larsen sheet pile and, then, construct bored piles
Stage 2: 1st stage excavation.
Figure III- 2: 1st stage excavation

Stage 3: 2nd stage excavation
Figure III- 3: 2nd stage excavation

Stage 4: Construct pile cap for core wall
Figure III- 4: Construct pile cap for core wall

Stage 5: Construct core wall
Figure III- 5: Construct core wall

Stage 6: Install props system
Figure III- 6: Construct core wall

Stage 7: 3rd stage excavation
Figure III- 7: 3rd stage excavation

CHAPTER II: LARSEN SHEET PILE CONSTRUCTION

I. GENERAL CONCEPT
1. Application of Larsen sheet pile
The application includes securing excavations, waterfront structures, foundation, bridge

abutment wall, noise abatement wall, highway structures, cutting, landfill and contaminated
ground enclosure, and flood protection schemes. The main engineering advantages of sheet
pile walls over the other types of wall are:
- The extremely favourable ratio of steel cross-section to moment of resistance
- Their suitability for almost all soil types
- Their suitability for use in water
- The fast progress on site
- The ability to carry load immediately
- The option of extracting and reusing the sections
- Their easy combination with other rolled section
- The option of staggered embedment depths
- The low water permeability, if necessary using sealed interlocks
- There is no need for excavation

II. CONSTRUCTION DESIGN FOR LARSEN SHEET PILE
Construction design of sheet pile has a close relationship with construction stage because
each stage generate a different internal force and displacement of sheet pile.
1. General information
1.1. Soil information

1.2. Preliminary selection of Larsen sheet pile

Select length of Larsen sheet pile 24m in order to fixed it to a good soil layer (clayey sand
-  = 24o)

Section selection:
Table III- 1: Larsen sheet pile specification
Schematic
Drawing
Standard JIS, KS, Q

400 x 100 x 10.5 (weight : 48kg/m)
Dimension 400 x 125 x 13.0 (weight : 60kg/m)
400 x 170 x 15.5 (weight : 76.1kg/m)
Lenght 6000 - 24000mm
Per Per Per Per
Per Per Per Per
Tên B H t Wall Wall Wall Wall
Pile Pile Pile Pile
Width Width Width Width
mm mm mm cm2 cm2/m kg/m kg/m2 cm4 cm4/m cm3 cm3/m
SP-II 400 100 10.5 61.2 153.0 48.0 120 1,240 8,740 152 874
SP-III 400 125 13.0 76.4 191.0 60.0 150 2,220 16,800 223 1,340
SP-
400 150 13.1 74.4 186.0 58.4 146 2,790 22,800 250 1,520
IIIA (E)
SP-
400 150 13.0 76.4 191.0 60.0 150 3,060 22,600 278 1,510
IIIA (D)
SP-IV 400 170 15.5 96.9 242.5 76.1 190 4,670 38,600 362 2,270
SP-V L 500 200 24.3 133.8 267.6 105.0 210 7,960 63,000 520 3,150
SP-II W 600 130 10.3 78.7 131.2 61.8 103 2,110 13,000 203 1,000
SP-III W 600 180 13.4 103.9 173.2 81.6 136 5,220 32,400 376 1,800
SP-IV W 600 210 18.0 135.3 225.5 106.0 177 8,630 56,700 539 2,700
Select Larsen SP-IV W with the follow parameter:
B (mm) H(mm) t(mm) P (Kg/m2) W(cm3/m) J(cm4/m)
600 210 18 177 2700 56700
2. Calculation
2.1. Construction stage 1
At this stage, Larsen sheet pile has been already installed and the soil is excavated as follow:

Figure III- 8: 1st stage excavation section

- Internal force diagram:
Figure III- 9: Internal force diagram of sheet pile at 1st construction stage
Reduct. coefficient of bearing capacity = 1.00

Internal forces per 1 m of wall

Mmax = 149.31 kNm/m; Q = 40.42 kN/m
Qmax = 122.34 kN/m; M = 103.16 kNm/m
Verification of max. moment Mmax + Q:

Bending verification:
Mmax/Mc,Rd = 0.153  1 Is satisfied
Shear verification:
Q/Vc,Rd = 0.029  1 Is satisfied
Verification of plane state of stress:
Normal stress  x,Ed = 54.90 MPa
Shear stress Ed = 4.88 MPa
Verification: ( x,Ed/(fy/M0))2 + 3*(Ed/(fy/M0))2 = 0.020  1 Is satisfied

Verification of max. shear force Qmax + M:
M/Mc,Rd = 0.106  1 Is satisfied
Shear verification:
Qmax/Vc,Rd = 0.087  1 Is satisfied

Cross section is SATISFACTORY
- Displacement diagram:

Figure III- 10: Displacement diagram of sheet pile at 1st construction stage
Max. disp. = 41.6 mm < H/100 = 79.5mm (Sastisfied)
Where H is height of excavation pit
2.1. Construction stage 2
At this stage, props system is installed and then, remain excavation work is carried out.

Figure III- 11: 2nd excavation stage

- Internal force diagram:
Figure III- 12: Internal force diagram of sheet pile at 2nd construction stage
Reduct. coefficient of bearing capacity = 1.00
Internal forces per 1 m of wall
Mmax = 444.49 kNm/m; Q = 4.42 kN/m
Qmax = 138.53 kN/m; M = 47.09 kNm/m

Verification of max. moment Mmax + Q:
Mmax/Mc,Rd = 0.455  1 Is satisfied
Shear verification:
Q/Vc,Rd = 0.003  1 Is satisfied
Verification of max. shear force Qmax + M:
M/Mc,Rd = 0.048  1 Is satisfied
Shear verification:
Qmax/Vc,Rd = 0.098  1 Is satisfied
Cross section is SATISFACTORY
- Displacement diagram:
Figure III- 13: Displacement of sheet pile at 2nd construction stage

Max. disp. = 70.6 mm < H/100 = 79.5mm (Sastisfied)

Where H is height of excavation pit
III. CALCULATION OF WORKLOAD

1. Determine number of Larsen sheet pile
- Sheet pile perimeter: P  2  (92.7  47)  279.4 m
- Width of sheet pile: B = 0.6m
 Number of sheet pile: n = P/B = 279.4/0.6 = 464 (piles)
 Total length: 464 x 24 =11136 m
2. Pile sheet arrangement on site
Pile sheet arrangement on site take a significant influence on movement diagram of
driving machine and total construction time. They will be arranged into 2 rows for ex
construction segment, one rows is upward and the other is downward, which fasten driving
productivity.
- Number of Larsen sheet pile per segment:
L 24
a  1.2
n k  2  22 piles
b 0.6
Where L is length of Larsen sheet pile
k is number of arrangement side
a is distance between pile segment
b is width of Larsen sheet pile
 Arrange about 11 piles per row (44 piles per segment)
- Divine driving work into 10 segments (3 segments per long edge and 2 segments per
short edge)
nseg = 464/44 10 (segment)

Figure III- 14: Sheet pile plan and pressing route diagram
3. Machine selection
3.1. Driving machine
 Requirement for driving machine
- Maximum driving force must be greater than design driving force 1.4 to 2 time.
Select Fmax/Fdesign = 2
- Static driving force must ensure not to generate horizontal force, which causes
adverse moment in pile
- Ability to control driving speed
- Follow standard of pile construction
 Design driving force:
 Driving machine selection:
According to design driving force, select static driving machine Silentpiler Model KGH-
130N with the following parameter:
- Maximum driving force: 130T
- Maximum pull force: 130T
- Driving speed: 1.5  3 m/min
- Pull speed: 1.2  11.4 m/min
- Weight: 7800kG
3.2. Mobile crane selection
- Required lifting force:
Qreq = 1.3Qmax = 1.3 x (0.106x24 + 7.8) = 13.5 T
- Required height:
Hreq = Hg + Hc + 0.8 + 0.5 + 1.5 = 32.3 m
Where
Hg is driving machine height – Hg = 5.5m
Hc is Larsen sheet pile length – Hc = 24m
0.8, 0.5, 1.5 is safety distance, cable length, and hook length respectively
=> Select Hydraulic truck crane TADANO GT-300EL with the following parameter:
Figure III- 15: Hydraulic truck crane TADANO GT-300EL specification

IV. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING

1. Construction sequence
- To reduce the pressure, making it convenient for the construction of the sheet
piling, we use excavator to dig a depressurize ditch of 1.0 metre wide, 0.5 metre
deep around the constructing area. The depressurize ditch also helps preventing
water from entering the excavated pit;
The procedure of constructing Larsen sheet piling must abide these following steps:
- 1. Preparation;
- 2. Locate the sheet piling position;
- 3. Assembling the sheet piling on the ground alongside the driving axis;
- 4. Erecting the machine on its support, which has been horizontally altered to
ensure the balance. The vertical axis of the machine must align with the vertical
axis of the sheet piling to be driven, following the approved design;
- 5. Erecting the counter weight on the foot of the support;
- 6. Using rigging crane to bring the sheet piling to the driving position;
- 7. Doing trial run to check the stability with and without the sheet piling;
- 8. Proceeding to drive the sheet piling.
1.1. Preparation work
- To ensure the constructing of boundary sheet piling ending up well, we must
properly and carefully carry out these following preparations:
+ Studying with care the design drawings for walls, geological documents
regarding the building, technical requirements of retaining wall, and the
specific requirements of the designer;
+ Finding a technical solution for the construction;
+ Finding a solution for the construction management;
+ Analysing the possibility of affecting the nearby area and buildings;
- Before constructing the diaphragm, contractor must create the construction plan:
+ Using bull dozer to levelling the ground, creating a natural flat ground;
+ Spreading a layer of broken bricks, rocks, and gradated soil, and then
compacting them using a 9-ton static road roller to help the machines
moving more conveniently during the constructing process.
- Power supply:
+ Power for machine, manufacturing, and residence. Check the capacity to

select the wire, supply, and devices that consumed power constantly;
+ The use of electric system during the construction time must be safe for both
human and equipment.
- Technical equipment:
+ Surveying equipment: Electrical total station, and grader.
1.2. Locating the sheet piling position
- Based on the position of the building on the map provided by the Real Estate
Department to create the standard landmark on the site;
- From the standard mark, we arrange the co-ordinate system and the limit net for
the building following Descartes coordination;
- Using electrical total station to survey the ditch and sheet piling (marking route,
height, position, etc.)
1.3. Assembling the sheet piling on the ground alongside the driving axis
- Assembling the sheet piling play a significant role in transporting, supplying, and
arranging the storage and gathering point for the driving process later on.
Note: sheet pilings are assembled into two row, one up and one down. This method
is used in order to increase the efficiency of the driving machine, and makes the operating
and constructing process simpler and faster.
1.4. Bringing the machine to its position, altering the driving route, and path
Bring the machine to constructing position, altering the constructing route. In
addition, take note that the margin error for the verticality of the sheet piling is from
0% to 1%.
Figure III- 16: Bringing the machine to constructing position

1.5. Using rigging crane to bring the sheet piling to the driving position

Rigging crane support the driving machine by rigging the sheet piling to desired
position, ready for the driving process of Larsen sheet piling.
Figure III- 17: Rigging crane brings the sheet piling to its place
1.6. Proceeding to drive the sheet piling

- After completing the preparation work, assembling the sheet piling, and machines,
we process to drive the sheet piling. Due to Larsen sheet piling is proceeded panel
by panel, the matter of ensuring the quality at the connecting joints between them
is vital, affecting the working condition between each wall panels.
+ After the sheet piling has been brought to the guiding frame of the machine,
the belts shall press tightly on that sheet piling, while we gradually increase
the pressure to drive the pile. The initial driving speed is controlled to be <
10 (m/s), and only then is increased gradually;
+ Lowering the sheet piling is proceeded in steps. Do not lowering one piece
at a time. For the first pile, to make sure that the direction is correct, it is
required to check the verticality on both dimensions. This first sheet piling
is 3 metres longer than the others;
+ After driving the first four sheet piling, the foot of the support and the
counterweight shall be released. This time, the machine shall use driven pile
for the anchoring points and guidance;
+ During driving process, the surveying unit must frequently determine the
verticality and the centre line of the driven pile. All sheet piling unable to
meet this vertical standard must be pulled up to drive again;

Figure III- 18: proceeding to drive the pile
Figure III- 19: Sheet pile construction sequence

- Completing the driving task:

A sheet piling is considered properly driven once it meets these criteria:
+ Its depth has reached the approved value;
+ All the data during driving process has been recorded;
+ The driving force at the final moment reach the approved value.
2. Larsen Addressing the occurred trouble and notes while
- The pile suddenly moves slower from its normal speed or bounces back after while
driving, or shaken intensely: they are the symptoms signalling the pile has met
obstacle underground. If we keep increasing the pressure without eliminating the
obstacle, the pile may be damaged. Henceforth, once these symptoms are met, we
must pull the pile up and destroy the obstacle by punching down the hole with a
pointy steel pipe to break it, and then continue to drive the pile down;
- There are case in which the pile refuses to go down, or where the refusal level is
far from design value yet the refusal level of the pile has reached it, or even smaller
than it, which is usually called false refusal. The cause is because of the soil around
the pile has been compressed too tightly during the construction process. We should
temporary put a halt to the drive so that the tightness of the soil decrease, and then
drive it again. By that time, the pile should go down normally;
- When the sheet piling stray from its design position and the error margin, we must
pull the sheet piling up and drive it down more carefully;
- If we want to recycle the sheet piling, they must be well-reserved during the storing
and transporting period, so that the sheet is not bent, and the joint is damaged,
causing difficulty during construction;
- Upon lowering the steel sheet piling, the “fan unfolding” sight often occurs, since
the drag caused by friction at the edge of the sheet piling is not equivalent to that
within the sheet body. To prevent that symptom, we use the following method:
+ Tying the end of the sheet piling with cable, and then straightening it by
pulling using machine.
+ Diagonally cutting the lower end of the sheet pilling inward;

+ Welding a small metal piece on the edge of the lower end of the sheet piling
to create a drag which will balance the friction force on the other edge, also,
preventing soil stuck in the gap on the edge;
+ Attaching some sheet pilings together beforehand, and then drive them
down many times;
- Once the “fan unfolding” symptoms has occurred, to fix it, we cut a new sheet
piling into a diagonal one and weld it on the other half, cut along the length, hence
creating a mixed sheet piling;
- I case we must encased the wall closely, when the remaining gap is only enough
for a couple sheet pilings, we must start measuring precisely the distance, and the
inclination of two sheets at the end, and then manufacturing mixed sheet pilings
so that the gap is just enough for the width of one common sheet piling.

CHAPTER III: BORED PILE CONSTRUCTION

I. GENERAL CONCEPT
1. Pile solution
Piles are a commonly-used form of building foundation that provide support for structures,
transferring their load to layers of soil or rock that have sufficient bearing capacity and
suitable settlement characteristics. For high-rise buildings, there are 2 types of piles that are
commonly used: driven piles and bored piles.
1.1. Driven piles
 Advantages:
- Easy to splice, relatively inexpensive
- Stable in squeezing ground, for example: soft clay, silts, and peats pile material can
be inspected before piling
- Can be driven in long lengths
- Increasing the relative density of a granular founding stratum
 Disadvantages:
- Displacement, heavy and disturbance of soil during driving
- Can be damaged during driving, which need to be replaced by other pile
- Limited pile diameter and require space for driven process
1.2. Bored pile
 Advantages:
- Length can be readily varied to suit varying ground conditions
- Soil removed can be inspected and if necessary sampled or in-situ test made
- Can be installed in very large diameters
- End enlargement up to two or three diameters is possible in clays
- Material of piles is not dependent on handling or driving conditions
- Can be installed in very long length
- Installed without appreciable noise or vibrations
- Can be installed in conditions of very low headroom
- No risk of ground heave

 Disadvantages:
- Susceptible to waist or neck in squeezing ground
- Concrete is not poured under ideal condition and cannot be subsequently inspected
- Water under artesian pressure may pipe up pile shaft washing out cement
- Enlarged ends cannot be formed in cohesion-less materials without special

techniques
- Cannot be readily extended above ground level especially in river and marine
structures
- Boring methods may loosen sandy or gravely soils requiring base grouting to
achieve economic base resistance
- Sinking piles may cause loss of ground I cohesion-less leading to settlement of

adjacent structures
1.3. Selection: Bored pile
Because the superstructure weight is high, the construction site near the residential area
where has a requirement of noise limit. In addition, pile lengths are flexible in construction.
The bored pile solution is selected for this project.
Bored piles are piles where the removal of spoil forms a hole for a reinforced concrete
pile which is poured in situ. The spoil is replaced by the pile, hence 'replacement' piles as
opposed to displacement piles where soil is forced away by driving or screwing the pile.
Bored piles are used primarily in cohesive subsoils for the formation of friction piles
and when forming pile foundations close to existing buildings. They are popular, in urban
areas as there is minimal vibration, where headroom is limited, where there is no risk of
heave and if there is a need to vary the length of the piles.
2. Bored pile construction plan
2.1. Requirement of bored arrangement
- Constructing order and direction should suit to the construction sequence of machine
and equipment
- Minimum distance between centers of two consecutive bored pile should be greater
than 5D, if not, the succeeding pile must be install after at least 24h
2.2. Bored pile plan and constructing stage
3. Construction procedure of bored pile
Stage 1: Preparation

Stage 2: Pile centering

Stage 3: Install casing
Stage 4: Drill
Stage 5: Install and lower reinforcement cage
Stage 6: Insert tremie tube
Stage 7: Pour concrete
Stage 8: Clean slime by an air-lift
Stage 9: Pour concrete
Stage 10: Withdraw casing
Stage 11: Inspect Bored pile quality
3.1. Preparation
Researching design drawing, geologic document and technical requirements for bored
piles.
Researching site logistic, construction procedure of piles, movement diagram of
excavators, resource diagram of bentonite solution, movement of concrete and steel.
Considering effect to other buildings and then we have methods about: environment,
dust, transportation, settlement …
Checking supply capacity of water-power for site.
Considering ability of supply and quality of materials: cement, steel, bricks.
Removing trees on the plan and level the ground by excavators. It is necessary to install
a manhole for drainage.
Preparing the minutes with the date/month/year and locations of benchmark.
Transferring new benchmarks to stable and safe locations around the site and be
protected with hedging.
3.2. Pile centering
Setting out the correct position of the bored pile on site. Determining a pile center by
2 theodolites locating perpendicular to each other. Error of a pile center must be less than
5 cm in any direction. 4 landmarks lay on 2 directions X, Y and have the same distance
from a pile center.
3.3. Installation of pile casing
Installing the bottom section of permanent or temporary casing into the ground by
vibrating motion exerted by the vibrator. A pipe casing is 10 m long and lays on the top
hole, higher than ground level 0.5 m.
3.4. Drilling of pile shaft

The rig is lowered down by a telescopic boom to excavate soil and retrieve the rig to the
top after excavation.
Moving the rig with soil in it away from the excavated hole by swinging the machine.
Rotating the rig in the opposite direction to remove the soil from the rig. The hole is
protected by Bentonite during the construction time, hence it must to ensure that bentonite
is supplied continuously to avoid collapse.
The drilling process is repeated until the required depth is reached.
If necessary, using a bucket to clean the bored hole with the process similar to the rig.
However, for dumping of soil/spoils, the bucket needs to be released by pulling a pin
manually.
Verticality of the casing will be monitored by means of spirit level and 2 theodolites.
3.5. Install and lower reinforcement cage
3.5.1. Install reinforcement cage
The reinforcement and links cage is prepared, prefabricated prior to the completion of
the bore pile.
The links shall be prepared first and subsequently tie the required amount of
reinforcement, spaced equally onto the link.
Placing circular spacers onto the spiral link at intervals required by the design.
When the reinforcement cages are ready, they can be installed into the pile.
3.5.2. Lower reinforcement cage
Steel is used as designed. Some steel bars are took out at random and bring to a
laboratory for strength testing.
Steel is tied to create cages with 11,7 m long, cages are connected to each other by tied
joints.
The weight of the prefabricated cage can be calculated in order to select a suitable crane
for lifting. If a mechanical bored pile machine is used, the bore pile machine shall be
detached and the mounted crane can be used for lifting.
The prefabricated cage shall be lowered down into the hole, segment by segment by
lifting the entire cage using a suitable crane. The top of the cage will be welded with a
suitable hook for lifting of the cage.
Shall lapping of reinforcement is needed, a lap length of 40.Φ shall be used. The laps
shall be done using welding, or tied with tie wires or U-bolts.
Repeating the step above until required depth is reached.

3.6. Insert tremie tube

Setting up a working platform to the top of the temporary casing if the ground is soft
using steel plates.
If there is less than 1 m of water present in the hole (can use a tape measure and a piece
of timber/wood tied at the bottom), the hole is deemed to be dry and direct pour method
can be used.
Otherwise, if the pile is flooded with water (> 1 m), the pile shaft shall be concreted by
“Tremie Technique". The tremie pipe sections will be inserted and be jointed until it reaches
the bottom of the pile shaft.
Concrete will be poured into the tremie pipe by using a concrete skip. Concreting will
be carried out in one continuous operation to a stop-off level (above the cut-off level) agreed
with the Client.
As concreting proceeds, the level of the concrete relative to the ground level can be
monitored by measuring with weighted tape after each skip of concrete is placed.
The tremie pipe can then be extracted piece by piece as the concreting goes on.
The temporary casing can either be extracted simultaneously by the vibrator in course
of concreting, or after completion of concreting. A head of about 2 m (min) is always
maintained between the top of concrete and the bottom of steel casing.
If a length of permanent casing is required, the extraction of casing shall be stopped
after the bottom of casing reaches the required level.
If the length of the permanent casing is already installed to depth, leave the casing intact
after concreting.
3.7. Concreting
Concrete grade is B25. Pouring task is operated by pumps, hence the slump requirement
is 18 ± 2 cm. Concrete supply is took place continuously to ensure that duration is less than
4 hours.
Materials and water is clean before constructing.
On site, each concrete truck must be checked quality, quantity, mixing and pouring
concrete time. Each pile, we get 3 specimen combinations to check strength: top, middle
and bottom of a pile. It is got 3 specimens in each combination, it means there are 9
specimens for testing of a pile.
NOTE: During construction time, bentonite level must be higher than ground-water level
1 ÷ 1,5 m. Quality of the solution must be suitable with each elevation and each soil type,
having methods to keep stable for pit walls
3.8. Bentonite reclaim
3.9. Casing withdraw

3.10. Bored pile inspection

Quality inspection must be carry out at each pile:
- Drilling: Quality of the slurry, verticality and diameter of piles
- Accuracy of position of reinforcement case
- Quality of concrete (slump), volume and disability.
4. Material
4.1. Concrete
In order to ensuring quality of high grade concrete (B30) and huge concrete volume,
commercial concrete is selected for this project.
Size of aggregate must be smaller than the following requirement:
- ¼ stirrup space = 5cm
- ½ longitudinal reinforcement space = 5cm
- ½ concrete cover = 4cm
- 1/6 tremie tube diameter = 4.5cm
Sand d < 5mm, sand content should be smaller than 50% mortar.
Minimum cement is 350 kG/m3.
4.2. Reinforcement
Steel grade AIII for  >= 10mm
Steel grade AI for  < 10mm

4.3. Bentonite slurry
Table III- 2: Bentonite fluid parameters
Technical parameter Index

1. Density 1.05  1.15g/cm3
2. Viscosity 18  45s
3. Sand content < 6%
4. Colloidal rate > 95%
5. Fluid loss < 30ml/30min
6. Filter cake thickness 1  3mm/30min
1min: 20  30mg/cm2
7. Static
10min 50  100mg/cm2
8. Stability < 0.03g/cm2

9. pH value 79
II. CALCULATION OF WORKLOAD AND LABOUR

1. Bored pile parameter
There are 3 type of pile for the foundation structure: D800, D1000 and D1200
Table III- 3: Bored pile parameters
Items D800 D1000 D1200

Diameter (mm) 800 1000 1200
Quantity 8 68 88
Elevation of pile toe (m) -44.55 -44.55 -44.55
Pile cap height (m) 2 3 3
Elevation of pile cap bottom (m) -7.9 -8.9 -8.9
Slab thickness of the basement (mm) 500 500 500
1.1. Drilled soil volume
 Pile D1000:
The pile toe is 44.55 – 1.05 = 43.5m deep from the natural ground level. The volume of soil
that need to excavate per pile D1000:
D102 12
VD10  . .L10     43.5  34.17 m3
4 4
Use backhoe to move generated spoil onto dump trucks
The other drilled soil volume of pile D800 and pile D1200 is:
D82 12
VD8   . .L8     43.5  21.9 m3
4 4
D122 12
VD12   . .L12     43.5  49.2 m3
4 4
1.2. Bentonite
Bentonite solution has 2 main effects:
- Creating a thin layer that protect the pit wall.

- Sand filling is slower which results in treating precipitation easily.

Bentonite solution plays an
important role in pouring concrete.
During excavation process, bentonite
slurry is circulated continuously.
Bentonite volume for a pile:
V8 = 21.9 m3
V10 = 34.2 m3
V12 = 49.2 m3
1.3. Concrete volume
 Pile D1000
- Length of pile is 44.55 - 8.9 + 1 = 36.65 m
- Concrete volume of pile D1000:
D102 12
V10  n     l10  1.05     36.65  30.22 m3
4 4
The other concrete volume of pile D800 and D1200 is:
D122 1.22
V12  n     l12  1.05     36.65  43.52 m3
4 4
D82 12
V8  n     l8  1.05     35.75  19.34 m3
4 4
1.4. Reinforcement
 Pile D1000:
There are 4 reinforcement cage:
- 2 cages 1620, L = 11.7m => G  2  16  314 10 6  7.85 11.7  0.94( ton)
- 1 cages 1618, L = 11.7m => G  16  254.5 10 6 7.85 11.7 0.37( ton)
- 1 cages 1618, L = 5.85m => G  16  254.5  106  7.85  5.85  0.19(ton)

- Strengthen reinforcement 20@2500: n = 43.5/2.5 =18
G  18  314  106  7.85  0.9  3.14  0.14(ton )
19.7 16
- Spiral stirrup 10@200/300: l  (  )  3.14  0.9  429 m
0.2 0.3

G  78.5  106  7.85  429  0.26(ton )
 Total reinforcement mass per pile D1000:
G 10  0.94  0.37  0.19  0.14  0.26  1.9 ton

Assume the reinforcement contents in each pile type are the same, total reinf. mass of pile
D800 and D1200 is:
G 8  1.9  0.82  1.22 ton
G 12  1.9  1.22  2.74 ton

2. Selection of machine and equipment
2.1. Drilled machine
Two piling rigs HITACHI, Model KH125-3 are selected for this project with technical
parameters as the following:
Table III- 4: Drilling machine HITACHI Model KH125-3
TT SPECIFICATION TECHNICAL PARAMETER

Working speed
Bucket swelling speed (fast/slow) 30/15 rev/min
1 Bucket rigging speed (fast/slow) 70m/35m/ min
Swelling speed 4 rev / min
Movement speed 1.8km/ h
Weight
2 Weight during operating (Kg) 47
Ground pressure (kG/cm2) 0.68
2.2. Bentonite mixer
A bentonite mixing machine BE-15A is selected for this project with technical
parameters as the following:
- Mixing tank volume: 1,5 m3
- Productivity: 15÷18 m3/h
- Pressure: 1,5 kN/m2
2.3. Bentonite pumping machine
A pumping machine BSA 1002SV is selected for this project with technical parameters
as the following:
- Productivity: 20 m3/h
- Duct diameter: 150 mm

- Pumping pressure: 76 kG/cm2
2.4. Air compressor
An air compressor HWO-5 is selected for this project with technical parameters as the
following:
- Capacity: 3,7 kW
- Pressure: 12 kG/cm2
- Air flow: 560 l/min
- Self-weight: 55 kG.
2.5. Dumping truck
A dump truck HYUNDAI HD270 with capacity 10 m3 is selected for this project with
technical parameters as the following:
Effective amount of soil: 0,8×10 = 8 m3.
Dumping location is assumed 5 km far from the construction site, average speed of a
dump truck is 30 km/h.
Figure III- 20: Dump truck HYUNDAI HD270 configuration

Time for two-way-trip of a dump truck:
ttruck-cycle = tf + tt + td + tb
Where: tf – Time for filling soil into dump bed, tf = 2,7 min

tt – Time for travelling, tt = 5/30 = 0,167 h = 10 min

td – Time for dumping and turning, td = 2 min
tb – Time for getting back to construction site, tb = 10 min
ttruck-cycle = 2,7 + 10 + 2 + 10 = 24,7 min
2.6. Mobile crane
Cranes are used to lift up reinforcement cages, casing pipes, tremie pipes. The weight
of a casing pipe is about 3 T and the weight of a reinforcement cage is approximately 3,2
T.
Required lifting capacity:
Qrequire = qelement + qhangingtool = 3,2 + 10%×3,2 = 3,52 T
Required height:
Hrequire = h1 + h2 + h3 + h4
750
Figure III- 21: Required parameters of mobile crane

Where: h1 – Safety distance, h1 = 0,5 m
h2 – Length of a reinforcement cage, h2 = 11,7 m
h3 – Length of hanging equipment, h3 = 1,5 m
h4 – Pulley length, h4 = 1,5 m.
Hrequire = 0,5 + 11,7 + 1,5 + 1,5 = 15,2 m.
Required length of boom:

H  hc
Lrequire 
sin 750
Where: hc – distance between the standing level of a crane to the rotation pin of
the boom, hc = 1,5 m
15,2  1,5
Lrequire  = 14,2 m.
sin 750
Required working radius:
Rrequire = Lrequire.cos750 + r
Where: r – distance between the rotation pin of the boom to the slewing axis of
the crane, r = 1,5 m.
Rrequire = 14,2×cos750 + 1,5 = 5,2 m
Select mobile crane SC-50HD with the following parameters:
- Maximum lifting capacity: 50 T
- Lifting capacity: 28.2 T (at R = 5,2 m and L = 14, 2 m)
- Rope speed: 110 m/min = 1,83 m/s
- Slewing speed: 3 rpm = 3 revolution/min.
3. Productivity
3.1. Construction time for one pile
 Pile D1200:
- Moving a rig into bored position: 20 min.
- Pile center positioning: 15 min.
- Initial boring and casing pipe lowering: 30 min.
- Drilling to the elevation of -44.55 m from the natural ground level at the elevation of
-1.050 m.
The productivity of a drilling rig is 20 m3/h
V  60 49.2  60
Time for boring a pile: 10   147.6 min
20 20
- Checking the bored hole bottom elevation: 10 min.
- Waiting for deposition: 45 min.
- Bored hole cleaning (1st): 15 min.
- Lowering reinforcement cages: 60 min.

- Lowering tremie pipe: 60 min.
- Bored hole cleaning (2nd): 30 min.
- Checking bored hole bottom elevation: 15 min.
- Pouring concrete to the elevation of -44.55 m from the natural ground level at the
elevation of -1.050 m.
The productivity of concreting is 0,6 m3/min
V 43.52
Time for pour concrete: 12   72.53 min
0.6 0.6
Due to the time for preparation and checking, set total time for concreting: 120
minutes.
- Removing casing pipe: 20 min.
- Back filling: 20 min.
Total construction time of a bored pile D12:
T12 = 20 + 15 + 30 + 147.6 + 10 + 45 + 15 + 60 + 60 + 30 + 15 + 120 + 20 + 20
= 607.6 min = 10.2 h.
The constructor can install 2 piles D12 in a day.
 Pile D1000:
- Moving a rig into bored position: 20 min.
- Pile center positioning: 15 min.
- Initial boring and casing pipe lowering: 30 min.
- Drilling to the elevation of -44.55 m from the natural ground level at the elevation of
-1.050 m.
The productivity of a drilling rig is 20 m3/h
V  60 34.2  60
Time for boring a pile: 10   102.6 min
20 20
- Checking the bored hole bottom elevation: 10 min.
- Waiting for deposition: 45 min.
- Bored hole cleaning (1st): 15 min.
- Lowering reinforcement cages: 60 min.
- Lowering tremie pipe: 60 min.

- Bored hole cleaning (2nd): 30 min.

- Checking bored hole bottom elevation: 15 min.
- Pouring concrete to the elevation of -44.55 m from the natural ground level at the
elevation of -1.050 m.
The productivity of concreting is 0,6 m3/min
V 30.2
Time for pour concrete: 12   50.33 min
0.6 0.6
Due to the time for preparation and checking, set total time for concreting: 100
minutes.
- Removing casing pipe: 20 min.
- Back filling: 20 min.
Total construction time of a bored pile D12:
T12 = 20 + 15 + 30 + 102.6 + 10 + 45 + 15 + 60 + 60 + 30 + 15 + 100 + 20 + 20
= 542.6 min = 9.5 h.
The constructor can install 2 piles D10 in a day.
 Due to the number of pile is huge and symmetric of bored pile plan, select two
working crews for bored pile installation.
 Number of pile finished per day: 4 piles
 Total construction time: T = (8 + 68 + 88)/4 = 41 (days)
3.2. Productivity of dumping truck
In 1 day (8 hours), a dumping truck can transport:
8  60 8  60
N truck    8 = 155,5 m3/day.
ttruck-cycle 24,7
The soil volume is excavated in 1 day:

Vdrill = 4 × V12 = 4 × 49.2 = 196.8 m3/day.
Number of dumping trucks:
Vdrill 196.8
ntruck    1.3
N truck 155.5
Take 2 dumping trucks

3.3. Labor for bored pile construction

- Operate drilled pile machine KH 125-3: 2 workers

- Operate mini crane: 1 workers
- Operate
- Operate truck HYUNDAI HD270: 1 workers
- Support lowering casing, open bucket…: 2 workers
- Assembly tremie tube, concreting, lowering reinf. cage: 5 workers
- Support and supply bentonite slurry: 2 workers
- Welder: 2 workers
- Reinforcement cage installation: 15 workers
- Install electric and pump system: 1 workers
- Adjust theodolite: 4 workers
 Total labor per working crew: 37 workers/crew
 Total labor per day (2 crews) 74 workers/day

CHAPTER IV: EXCAVATION

I. EXCAVATION METHOD
According to construction stage represented in chapter I, excavation work is divined to 3
phases.
1. First phase
At this phase, soil ground is excavated to level -5.050 as shown:
Figure III- 22Excavation phase 1

Dimensions of excavation pit:
Length: a = 93.5 m => a’ = 83.5 m
Width: b = 47.5 m => b’ = 37.5 m
Height: h=4m
 Excavation volume:
h
V1   [a 'b'  (a  a ' )(b  b' )  ab]
6
4
V1   [83.5  37.5  (93.5  83.5)  (47.5  37.5)  93.5  47.5]  15079 m3
6
2. Second phase
- Step 1:
At this phase, soil ground is excavated to level -7.800 as shown:
Figure III- 23: Excavation phase 2 by machine

Dimensions of excavation pit:
Length: a = 83.5 m => a’ = 75.5 m
Width: b = 37.5 m => b’ = 29.5 m
Height: h = 2.75 m
 Excavation volume:
h
V2   [a 'b'  (a  a ' )(b  b' )  ab]
6
2.85
V2   [75.5  29.5  (83.5  75.5)  (37.5  29.5)  83.5  37.5]  7605.4 m3
6
V2machine  0.9V2  6844m 3

V2manual  0.1V2  760.5m 3
- Step 2: Manual excavate pile cap pit to level -8.9m
Figure III- 24: Excavation phase 2 by manual
V 2manual  760.5  2  350.7  4  43.9  2  55.1  1747m 3
3. Third phase
This phase is carry out after props system installed as shown:
- Step 1: Excavate remain sloped soil to level -7.9m
Figure III- 25: Excavation phase 3 by machine

Excavation volume:
V3  a  b  h  V1  V2  93.5  47.5  6.85  15079  7605  7738.5 m 3
V3machine  0.9V3  6965m 3
V3manual  0.1V3  773m 3
- Step 2: Manual excavate pile cap pit to level -8.9m:
Figure III- 26: Excavation phase 3 by manual
V 3 manual  773  39.4  8  30.4  4  28.3  4  55  2  43.7  4  1607.8 m 3
II. Selection of machine and equipment

1. Excavator
Select backhoe KOMATSU PC350LC-8M0 with following parameters:
- Dimensions:


Figure III- 27: Backhoe KOMATSU PC350LC-8M0 specification
- Working range:

Figure III- 28: Backhoe KOMATSU PC350LC-8M0 working radius

- Bucket volume: q = 0.52 – 1.8 m3
- Weight: W = 33.66 T
- Swelling cycle: Tcycle = 20 s
Productivity:
Productivity of an excavator in 1 hour:
k1
N excavate  q. .ncycle .k3
k2
Where: q – Volume of a bucket, q = 1,4 m3
k1 – A Fulfil factor, depend on type of buckets, type of soil, and soil humidity.
(For a bucket, soil group I, wet, k1 = 0,85 ÷ 1), k1 = 0,85
k2 – A factor of soil swell, depend on type of soil (k2 = 1,1 ÷ 1,4), k2 = 1,2

3600 3600
ncycle – Number of cycles in 1 hour, ncycle =  = 180
Tcycle 20
k3 – A time using factor (k3 = 0,7 ÷ 0,8), k3 = 0,7.
0,85
N excavate  1,0  180  0,7 = 89,3 m3/h.
1,2
Productivity of excavating in 1 day (8 hours):

Nexcavate = 89,3×8 = 714,4 m3/day
Machine Machine
No. Task Unit Volume
productivity shift
1 Excavating from level -1.05 m to level -5,05 m 100m3 150.79 7,144 20.2
2 Excavating from level -5.05 m to -8.8 m 100m3 68.44 7,144 9.6
3 Excavating remain inclined soil 100m3 69.65 7,144 9.8
Total 40
Select 2 backhoes KOMATSU PC350LC-8M0 for excavation work.

Number of days: Dexcavate-1 = 20.2/2 = 10 days
Dexcavate-2 = 9.6/2 = 5 days
Dexcavate-3 = 9.6/2 = 5 days

CHAPTER V: FOUNDATION FORMWORK DESIGN

I. GENERAL CONCEPT
1. Types of formwork
Formwork in concrete construction is used as a mould for a structure in which fresh
concrete is poured only to harden subsequently. Types of formwork for concrete
construction depends on formwork material and type of structural element.
1.1. Timber
Timber is a popular formwork material. We can make concrete formwork using only
timber or combining timber with other types of formwork material. Timber is light weight,
easy to fix and remove. It is also economical and available in different sizes.
1.2. Steel
Steel formwork materials are costly. But it has many times re-usability. It is mainly
useful for construction company where repeated uses are possible. Steel formwork
materials give excellent finishes to concrete surface. Wide variety of steel formwork
materials are available in the market for various purpose of uses.
1.3. Plywood
Plywood is an artificially manufactured wooden material used for making concrete
formwork. It is strong, durable and light weight. The availability of different thickness
plywood in the market makes it popular for different sizes concreting work. The thickness
range of plywood is, from 7 mm to 32 mm. The standard size of plywood mostly used in
building construction is 1220 x 2440 mm. It can easily be cut into any size.
1.4. Aluminum
Aluminum formwork is getting popular in construction industry. It is easy to fix and
remove thus increase worker productivity. It is also many times re-useable.
1.5. Plastic
As per experts, depending on the plastic quality, it can be used up to 100 times. The core
advantage of this is, it is super lightweight, easy to handle and stack.
1.6. Fabric
This is the latest addition to concrete formwork sector. For RCC construction and
architectural design work, this is an emerging technology. The flexibility of this material
makes it possible to produce concrete at any shape.
2. Steel formwork for this project
Because the cross-section dimension of columns, walls and beams is constant in high
and a large number of floors requires high repetition of formwork in use. Also, formwork
supply is available with many specify sizes, steel formwork is selected for the construction
of columns, walls, beam and slabs.
Steel form work of Hoa Phat Group is selected for the project with modules as following:
Table III- 5: Hoa Phat Steel formwork
Geometrical
No. Product ID Dimension Properties
I (cm4) W (cm3)
1 HP 1530 300×1500×55 28,46 6,55
2 HP 1230 300×1200×55 28,46 6,55
3 Panel HP 1030 300×1000×55 28,46 6,55
4 HP 0930 300×900×55 28,46 6,55
5 HP 0630 300×600×55 28,46 6,55
6 HP 1525 250×1500×55 27,33 6,34
7 HP 1225 250×1200×55 27,33 6,34
8 Panel HP 1025 250×1000×55 27,33 6,34
9 HP 0925 250×900×55 27,33 6,34
10 HP 0625 250×600×55 27,33 6,34
11 HP 1520 200×1500×55 20,02 4,42
12 HP 1220 200×1200×55 20,02 4,42
13 Panel HP 1020 200×1000×55 20,02 4,42
14 HP 0920 200×900×55 20,02 4,42
15 HP 0620 200×600×55 20,02 4,42
16 HP 1515 150×1500×55 17,71 4,18
17 HP 1215 150×1200×55 17,71 4,18
18 Panel HP 1015 150×1000×55 17,71 4,18
19 HP 0915 150×900×55 17,71 4,18
20 HP 0615 150×600×55 17,71 4,18
21 J 1500 50×50×1500
Angle
22 J 1200 50×50×1200
formbar
23 J 900 50×50×900
24 T 1515 150×150×1500×55
Inner
25 angle T 1215 150×150×1200×55
formwork
26 T 1015 150×150×1000×55

27 T 0915 150×150×900×55
28 T 0615 150×150×600×55
- Panel:
II. FORMWORK COMBINATION

1. Pile cap for core wall
- Dimensions:
Figure III- 29: Core wall dimensions

 Formwork combination for side in X-X direction:
Figure III- 30: Steel F.W combination for Pile cap of core wall (X-X direction)
Where 1 and 1’ denote panel HP1525 and HP1025 respectively
2 and 2’ denote panel HP1530 and HP1030 respectively
3 and 3’ denote Inner angle T1515 and T1015 respectively
 Formwork combination for side in Y-Y direction:
Figure III- 31 Steel F.W combination for Pile cap of core wall (Y-Y direction)
 Conclusion:

Table III- 6: Steel F.W combination for Pile cap of core wall
Wooden piece
Side HP1525 HP1530 T1515 HP1025 HP1030 T1015
Qty. Width
Y-Y 4 64 8 4 64 8
X-X 10 28 4 10 28 4
Total 28 184 24 28 184 24
2. Pile cap PC-1
 Dimensions:
Figure III- 32: PC-1 configuration

 Formwork combination for side in X-X direction:
Figure III- 33: Steel F.W combination for PC-1 (X - X direction)


 Formwork combination for side in Y-Y direction
Figure III- 34: Steel F.W combination for PC-1 (Y - Y direction)

 Conclusion:
Wooden piece
Side HP1525 HP1530 T1515 HP1025 HP1030 T1015
Qty. Width
X-X 6 11 2 6 11 2
Y-Y 3 1 2 3 1 2 2 75
Total 18 24 8 18 24 8 4 75
3. Pile cap PC-2
 Dimensions:

Figure III- 35: PC-2 configuration
 Formwork combination for side in X-X direction
Figure III- 36: Steel F.W combination for PC-2 (X - X direction)

 Formwork combination for side in Y-Y direction
Figure III- 37: Steel F.W combination for PC-2 (Y - Y direction)

 Conclusion:
Wooden piece
Side HP1525 HP1530 T1515 HP1025 HP1030 T1015
Qty. Width
X-X 4 10 2 4 10 2
Y-Y 7 7 2 7 7 2 2 75
Total 22 34 8 22 34 8 4 75
III. Formwork check
1. Calculation diagram
The foundation formwork is calculated as a continuous beam supported by yokes. The
distance between yokes must be calculated under the conditions of durability and deformity.

Figure III- 38: Structural model of PC formwwork

2. Design load – follow TCVN 4453 – 1995
The horizontal load includes:
 Horizontal of the newly plastic concrete (using needle vibrator):
q1tc   conc  hmax
In which:  conc – Self-weight unit of newly plastic concrete

 conc  2500( kG / m 3 )
hmax – Depth of concrete layer for maximum lateral pressure
hmax  min( H , R )
H – Height of concrete layer

R – Impact radius of needle vibrator, R  0.7( m )
q1tc   conc  hmax  2500  0.7  1750( kG / m 2 )
q1tt  q1tc  n  1750  1.3  2275 ( kG / m 2 )
 Horizontal pressure of pouring concrete:
q2tc  600 ( kG / m 2 )

q2tt  q2tc  n  600  1.3=780( kG / m 2 )
 Horizontal pressure form needle vibrator:
q3tc  200( kG / m 2 )
q3tt  q3tc  n3  200  1.3  260( kG / m 2 )
However, pouring and vibrating do not occur simultaneously.

3. Design of supporting system
3.1. Horizontal stiffener
The total design load for the checking the durability condition of foundation
formwork (applied on FW panel 300mm wide):
qtt   q1tt  q2tt   0.3   2275  780   0.3  916.5( kG / m)
The total nominal load for checking the deformity condition of column formwork
(applied on a formwork strip 1m wide):
qtc  q1tc  0.3  1750  0.3  525( kG / m)
 Based on the durability condition:
10  w Wc. sh 10  2100  6.55

l1  tt
  109.57 (cm)
q 9.165
 Based on the deformity condition:
384 EI c. sh 384  2100000  28.46

l2  3 3  221(cm)
400  3q tc
400  5.25
Conclusion: Distance between horizontal stiffeners selected is lstiffener  70( cm)
Select clamp section: 2C10 with the following parameter:

I x  2  174  348 cm 4
Wx  2  34.8  69.6 cm 3
[ R ]  2100 kG / cm 2
E  2.1  106 kG / cm 2
3.2. Vertical stiffener

The total design load for the checking the durability condition of foundation
formwork (applied on horizontal stiffener):

qtt   q1tt  q2tt   0.3   2275  780   0.7  2138.5(kG / m )
The total nominal load for checking the deformity condition of column formwork
(applied on horizontal stiffener):
q tc  q1tc  0.3  1750  0.7  1225( kG / m)
 Based on the durability condition:
10  w Wc. sh 10  2100  69.6

l1    250(cm)
qtt 21.385
 Based on the deformity condition:
384 EI c. sh 384  2100000  384

l2  3  3  400(cm)
400  3qtc 400  12.25
Conclusion: Distance between horizontal stiffeners selected is lstiffener  100( cm )

CHAPTER VI: SEGMENT DIVISION AND WORK VOLUME

I. SEGMENT DIVISION
1. Principle
Number of partitions should ensure the continuous production line.
Difference of reinforcement and formwork works between the largest and smallest
partition should not exceed 25%.
Because, pumping is used for pouring concrete in basements, hence concrete is
poured into slab at whole.
According to construction stage represented above, basement construction divines
to 2 phase, the first phase of basement construction starts after 2nd excavation process has
done, the second phase starts after 3rd excavation process has done.
2. Segment division of phase 1
2.1. 1st stage – pouring concrete from level -8.8m to level -6.3m
Figure III- 39: 1st stage – pouring concrete from level -8.8m to level -6.3m
2.2. 2nd stage – pouring concrete from level -6.3m to level -5.8m

Figure III- 40: 2nd stage – pouring concrete from level -6.3m to level -5.8m
3. Segment division of phase 2
3.1. 1st stage – pouring concrete from level -8.8m to level -6.3m
Figure III- 41: 1st stage – pouring concrete from level -8.8m to level -6.3m
3.2. 2nd stage – pouring concrete from level -6.3m to level -5.8m

Figure III- 42: 2nd stage – pouring concrete from level -6.3m to level -5.8m
II. CONCRETE VOLUME
1. Total concrete volume
Concrete volume for pile cap, ground beam (from level -8.8m to level -6.3m) and basement
slab (from level -6.3m to level -5.8m) is represented as shown:
Dimension (m)
Comp. Vo (m3) Quantity V (m3) Total
l (m) b (m) h (m)
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 28.0 8 224.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 57.6 16 921.6
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 78.4 4 313.6
3380.3
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 731.3 2 1462.5 5436.7
G-2 44.15 1.40 1.5 56.7 2 185.43
G-1 182.15 0.50 1.5 136.6 2 273.2
Slab 91.7 44.85 0.5 2056.4 1 2056.4 2056.4
2. Concrete volume for each segment

Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
Phase 1 - Segment 1, 3
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 28.0 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 57.6 0 0.0
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 78.4 0 0.0
753.7
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 731.3 1 731.3
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 56.7 0 0.0
G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 22.4 1 22.4
Slab 23 27 0.5 310.5 1 310.5 310.5
Phase 1 - Segment 2
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 28.0 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 57.6 4 230.4
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 78.4 2 156.8
500.6
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 731.3 0 0.0
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 56.7 2 113.4
G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 22.4 0 0.0
Slab 26 27 0.5 351 1 351 351
Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
Phase 2 - Segment 1,2
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 28.0 4 112.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 57.6 6 345.6
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 78.4 1 78.4
642.7
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 731.3 0 0.0
G-2 17.8 1.40 1.5 37.4 1 37.4
G-1 92.45 0.50 1.5 69.3 1 69.3
Slab - - 0.5 539.4 1 539.4 539.4

III. REINFORCEMENT MASS

1. Total reinforcement mass
Dimension (m) Reinf. Total
Comp. Qty. Total
l b h Mass (T) (T)
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 8.8 8 70.3 873.8
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 36.2 16 578.8
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 12.3 4 49.2
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 57.4 2 114.8 1035.3
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 8.9 2 17.8
G-1 182.15 0.50 1.5 21.4 2 42.9
S 91.7 44.85 0.5 161.4 1 161.4 161.4
2. Reinforcement mass for each segment
Comp. Qty. Total
l b h Mass (T) (T)
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 1.1 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 2.3 0 0.0
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 3.1 0 0.0
30.5
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 28.7 1 28.7
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 4.5 0 0.0
G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 1.8 1 1.8
Slab 23 27 0.5 24.4 1 24.4 24.4
Phase 1 - Segment 2
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 1.1 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 2.3 4 9.0
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 3.1 2 6.2
24.1
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 28.7 0 0.0
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 4.5 2 8.9
G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 1.8 0 0.0
Slab 26 27 0.5 27.5 1 27.5 27.5

Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 1.1 4 4.4
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 2.3 6 13.6
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 3.1 1 3.1
29.4
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 28.7 0 0.0
G-2 17.8 1.40 1.5 2.9 1 2.9
G-1 92.45 0.50 1.5 5.4 1 5.4
Slab - - 0.5 42.3 1 42.3 42.3
IV. FORMWORK VOLUME
1. Total formwork volume
- Thicker lines represent formwork for pile cap ( 2.5m height)

- Thinner lines represent formwork for ground beam (1.5m height)
COMP. Height (m) Total Length (m) Area (m2) Total Area
Pile cap 2.5 592.8 1482 3463

Ground beam 1.5 1320.65 1981

2. Formwork volume for each segment
2.1. Phase 1 – segment 1, 3
Pile cap 2.5 65.75 164.38

254.08
Ground beam 1.5 59.8 89.7
2.2. Phase 1 – segment 2


Pile cap 2.5 107.6 269

699.26
Ground beam 1.5 286.84 430.26
2.3. Phase 2 – segment 1, 2


Pile cap 2.5 179.55 448.88

1130.6
Ground beam 1.5 454.45 681.68
CHAPTER VII: CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

I. LIST OF TASKS
1. Underground construction
1- Larsen sheet pile construction
2- Bored pile construction
3- Excavation phase 1: from level -1.05 to level -5.05
4- Excavation phase 2: from level -5.05 to level -8.8
5- Pile cap and ground beam construction phase 1

6- Basement slab construction phase 1
7- Basement core and shear wall construction phase 1
8- Temporary props system installation
9- Excavation phase 3
10- Pile cap and ground beam construction phase 2
11- Basement slab construction phase 2
12- Temporary props system dismantlement
13- Larsen sheet pile dismantlement
II. WORK VOLUME CALCULATION
Assume:
- Reinforcement content of pile cap: 0.5%
- Reinforcement content of ground beam: 1%
- Reinforcement content of beam, shear wall and core wall: 1%
- Reinforcement content of slab: 1%
1. Larsen sheet pile construction
- Work volume:
LARSEN SHEET PILE WORK VOLUME
Dimensions (m) Total length
NO Component Quatity
H (m) Type Driven perimeter (m) (m)
1 Larsen sheet pile 464 24 IV-W 279.4 11136
- Machine and equipment:
No. Machine/equipment Quantity

1 Silentpiler Model KGH-130N 1
2 Truck crane TADANO GT-300EL 1
2. Bored pile construction
- Work volume:

BORED PILE WORK VOLUME

Dimension Concrete Reinforcement
NO Component Quantity Per comp Total Per comp Total
Dia. (m) Length
(m3) (m3) (T) (T)
1 D800 8 0.8 37.65 19.34 154.72 1.22 9.76
2 D1000 68 1 36.65 30.22 2055 1.9 129.2
3 D1200 88 1.2 36.65 43.52 3830 2.74 241.2

1 Silentpiler Model KGH-130N 2
2 Truck crane TADANO GT-300EL 2
3. Excavation phase 1: from level -1.05 to level -5.05
- Work volume:
EXCAVATION VOLUME STATISTIC

Excavation method Volume (m3)
Machine 15079

1 Backhoe KOMATSU PC350LC-8M0 2
2 Dump truck HYUNDAI HD270 9
4. Excavation phase 2: from level -5.05 to level -8.8

Machine 6844
Manual 1747



5. Pile cap and ground beam construction phase 1
5.1. Lean concrete
V  89.5( m 3 )
5.2. Reinforcement installation of pile cap and ground beam

Comp. Qty. Total
l b h Mass (T) (T)
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 1.1 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 2.3 0 0.0
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 3.1 0 0.0
30.5
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 28.7 1 28.7
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 4.5 0 0.0
G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 1.8 1 1.8
Phase 1 - Segment 2
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 1.1 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 2.3 4 9.0
24.1
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 3.1 2 6.2
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 28.7 0 0.0
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 4.5 2 8.9

G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 1.8 0 0.0
5.3. Formwork installation and removal of pile cap and ground beam
- Phase 1 – segment 1, 3
Pile cap 2.5 65.75 164.38

254.08
Ground beam 1.5 59.8 89.7
- Phase1 – segment 2
Pile cap 2.5 107.6 269

699.26
Ground beam 1.5 286.84 430.26
5.4. Pouring concrete of pile cap and ground beam
Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 28.0 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 57.6 0 0.0
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 78.4 0 0.0
753.7
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 731.3 1 731.3
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 56.7 0 0.0
G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 22.4 1 22.4
Phase 1 - Segment 2
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 28.0 0 0.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 57.6 4 230.4
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 78.4 2 156.8
500.6
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 731.3 0 0.0
G-2 27 1.40 1.5 56.7 2 113.4
G-1 29.9 0.50 1.5 22.4 0 0.0

6. Basement slab construction phase 1

6.1. Backfilling and lean concrete for slab basement
- Backfilling and lean concrete area: S = 1075 m3
- Backfilling height: h = 3 – 0.5 – 0.1 = 2.4m
 Total backfilling volume: Vbackfilling = S  h = 2580 m3

Total lean concrete volume: Vlean.conc. = S  0.1 = 107.5 m3
6.2. Reinforcement installation of basement slab
Comp. Qty. Total
l b h Mass (T) (T)
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
Phase 1 - Segment 4
Slab 35.3 27.00 0.5 37.4 1 37.4 37.4
Phase 1 - Segment 5
Slab 37.4 27.00 0.5 39.6 1 39.6 39.6
6.3. Pouring concrete of basement slab
Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
Phase 1 - Segment 4
Slab 35.3 27.00 0.5 476.6 1 476.6
Phase 1 - Segment 5

Slab 37.4 27.00 0.5 504.9 1 504.9

7. Basement column and wall construction phase 1
7.1. Core wall
- Total perimeter: P = 170.8 m

- Total section area: A = 29.495 m3
- Wall height: h = 5.8 – 0.25 = 5.55 m
 Formwork area: SFW = P  h = 947.94 m2

Concrete volume: Vconc = A  h = 163.7 m3

Reinf. Mass: MReinf. = Vconc  1% = 1.64 T
7.2. Other column and shear wall
COMPONENT Concrete Rebar Formwork

Dimension Per Per Per
Total Total Total
Comp. Qty. L W H unit unit unit
m m m m3 m3 T T m2 m2
W55x250 8 5.55 0.55 2.5 7.631 61.05 5.991 4.792 33.86 270.8
C55x80 8 5.55 0.55 0.8 2.442 19.54 0.1917 1.534 14.99 119.9
TOTAL 80.59 6.326 390.7
8. Prop system installation

- Work volume:
PROP SYSTEM WORK VOLUME
Total length
NO Component
(m)
1 H400 845
9. Excavation phase 3: excavate remain slope soil
Excavation volume:

Machine 6965
Manual 1608


10. Pile cap and ground beam construction phase 2

10.1. Lean concrete
- Work volume:
V  76.2( m3 )
10.2. Reinforcement installation of pile cap and ground beam

Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 1.1 4 4.4
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 2.3 6 13.6
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 3.1 1 3.1
29.4
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 28.7 0 0.0
G-2 17.8 1.40 1.5 2.9 1 2.9
G-1 92.45 0.50 1.5 5.4 1 5.4
10.3. Formwork installation and removal of pile cap and ground beam
Pile cap 2.5 179.55 448.88 1130.6

Ground beam 1.5 454.45 681.68

10.4. Pouring concrete of pile cap and ground beam
Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
PC-1 5.6 2 2.5 28.0 4 112.0
PC-2 4.8 4.8 2.5 57.6 6 345.6
PC-3 5.6 5.6 2.5 78.4 1 78.4
642.7
PC-4 23.4 12.5 2.5 731.3 0 0.0
G-2 17.8 1.40 1.5 37.4 1 37.4
G-1 92.45 0.50 1.5 69.3 1 69.3
11. Basement slab construction phase 2
11.1. Backfilling and lean concrete for slab basement
- Backfilling and lean concrete area per segment: S = 714 m3
- Backfilling height: h = 3 – 0.5 – 0.1 = 2.4m
 Backfilling volume/segment: Vbackfilling = S  h = 1713.6 m3

Lean concrete volume/segment: Vlean.conc. = S  0.1 =71.4 m3
11.2. Reinforcement installation of basement slab

Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
Phase 2 - Segment 3
Slab - - 0.5 42.1 1 42.1 42.1
Phase 2 - Segment 4
Slab - - 0.5 42.3 1 42.3 42.3
11.3. Pouring concrete of basement slab
Dimension (m)
l b h
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]
Phase 2 - Segment 3
Slab - - 0.5 536.0 1 536.0 536.0
Phase 2 - Segment 4
Slab - - 0.5 539.4 1 539.4 539.4
12. Prop system change
13. Basement column and wall construction phase 2
- Work volume per segment:
COMPONENT Concrete Rebar Formwork
Dimension Per Per Per
Total Total Total
Comp. Qty. H W L unit unit unit
m m m m3 m3 T T m2 m2
W55x250 12 5.55 0.55 2.5 7.631 91.58 5.991 7.189 33.86 406.3
W40 1 4.85 0.4 137 265.8 265.8 208.6 20.86 1333 1333
C55x80 2 5.55 0.55 0.8 2.442 4.884 0.192 0.383 14.99 29.97
TOTAL 362.2 28.44 1769
14. 1st floor slab construction
14.1. Formwork installation
 Soffit formwork:
The total area of soffit formwork equals to total area of floor except opening and RC wall.
Ssoffit = 3630.2 m2
 Side formwork:
Because there are a lot of beam and drop panel with different size and level, in scope of
formwork statistic for construction scheduling, area of side formwork take as 10% of soffit
formwork:
Sside = 363 m2
 Total formwork area of 1st floor slab:
S = 3993.2 m2
14.2. Reinforcement installation
Reinf.
Height Total area Volume
Type Mass
m m2 m3 T
S250 0.25 2433.5 608.38 47.76
S450 0.45 404.4 181.98 14.29
S200 0.2 230.3 46.06 3.62
S180 0.18 124.6 22.43 1.76
B40x145 1.45 96.4 139.78 10.97
TOTAL 78.39
14.3. Pouring concrete
Height Total area Volume

Type
m m2 m3
S250 0.25 2433.5 608.38
S450 0.45 404.4 181.98
S200 0.2 230.3 46.06
S180 0.18 124.6 22.43
B40x145 1.45 96.4 139.78
TOTAL 998.62
15. Backfilling

Backfilling volume: V = 250  7.85 = 1962.5 m3

16. Larsen sheet pile dismantlement
LARSEN SHEET PILE WORK VOLUME
Dimensions (m) Total length
NO Component Quatity
H (m) Type Driven perimeter (m) (m)
1 Larsen sheet pile 464 24 IV-W 279.4 11136
III. Statistic of work volume

227
NORM Requirement per segment WORKING CREW
WORKING Construction
PART NO. TASKS UNIT QUALITY CODE LABOR MACHINE NOTE
SHIFT time
Manday Machine Shift Labor Machine
Manday Shift
1 Site preparation - - - - - 10 10 5
2 Larsen sheet pile driven 100m 111.36 AC22121 - - 10 1 7 1 10
3 Bored pile construction Piles 164 - - - 2 20 2 41
4 Excavation phase 1 m3 150790 - - - 20 2 10 2 5
5 Machine m3 6844 - - - 10 2 10 2 3
Excavation phase 2
6 Manual m3 1747 AB11211 0.18 - 314.46 - 2 52 3
Pile cap and ground beam construction
7 - - - - - 5
phase 1 (from level -8.8m to level -6.3m)
8 Pouring lean concrete m3 89.8 AF11120 - 1 30 1
Class: 58XE2
Reinforcement
9 T 30.5 AF61130 2.54 - 77.47 1 40 2
installation
10 FW installation 100m2 2.54 AF86311 9.2 - 23.368 1 36 1
Phase 1 - segment 1, 3
11 Pouring concrete m3 731 - - - 1 30 1
UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION
12 FW removal 100m2 2.54 AF86311 4.6 - 11.684 1 36 1

Reinforcement
13 T 24.1 AF61130 2.54 - 61.214 1 40 2
installation
Phase 1 - segment 2
15 Pouring concrete m3 500.6 - - - 1 30 1
ID: 32458
16 FW removal 100m2 6.99 AF86311 4.6 - 32.154 1 36 1
Basement slab construction phase 1 (from
17
level -6.3m to level -5.8m)
18 Backfilling m3 2580 AB1311 0.11 - 283.8 2 50 3
Table III- 7: Statistic of work volume
19 Pouring lean concrete m3 107.5 AF11120 - - 1 30 1

Reinforcement
20 T 24.4 AF68210 7.3 - 178.12 2 50 2
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG

Phase 1 - segment 1, 3 installation
Reinforcement
22 T 27.5 AF68210 7.3 - 200.75 2 50 2
Phase 1 - segment 2 installation
Basement column and wall construction
24
phase 1 (from level -6.3m to level -5.8m)
Wall reinf.
25 T 1.64 AF61332 4.08 6.6912 1 10 1
installation
28 FW removal 100m2 9.5 AF81132 3.19 - 30.305 1 30 1
Column reinf.
29 T 3.16 AF61432 3.16 - 9.9856 1 10 1
installation
Phase 1 - segment 2
32 FW removal 100m2 1.95 AF81132 3.19 - 6.2205 1 30 1
228
NORM Requirement per segment WORKING CREW
WORKING Construction
PART NO. TASKS UNIT QUALITY CODE LABOR MACHINE NOTE
SHIFT time
Manday Machine Shift Labor Machine
Manday Shift
33 Prop system installation m 845 - - 1 40 4 2
34 Machine m3 6965 - - - 10 2 10 2 3
Excavation phase 3
35 Manual m3 1608 AB11211 0.18 - 289.44 - 2 50 3
Pile cap and ground beam construction
36
phase 2
37 Pouring lean concrete m3 76.2 AF11120 - 1 30 1
Reinforcement
38 T 29.4 AF61130 2.54 - 74.676 1 40 2
installation
Phase 2 - segment 1,2
Class: 58XE2
41 FW removal 100m2 11.31 AF86311 4.6 - 52.026 1 52 1
Basement slab construction phase 2 (from
42
UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION
level -6.3m to level -5.8m)

43 Backfilling m3 1713.6 AB1311 0.11 - 188.496 2 45 2
44 Pouring lean concrete m3 71.4 AF11120 - - 1 30 1
Reinforcement
45 T 42.3 AF68210 7.3 - 308.79 2 50 3
Phase 2 - segment 3, 4 installation
ID: 32458
47 Prop system change m 845 AC22100 - - 1 40 4 2
Basement column and wall construction
48
phase 2
Column reinf.
49 T 7.57 AF61432 3.54 - 26.7978
installation
1 50 2
Wall reinf.
50 T 20.86 AF61332 4.08 85.1088
installation
Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG

53 FW removal 100m2 17.69 AF81132 3.19 - 56.4311 1 60 1
54 1st floor slab construction
Slab reinf.
56 T 33.7 AF61531 3.64 - 122.668
installation
2 40 2
Segment1, 2 Beam reinf.
57 T 5.5 AF61721 4.36 - 23.98
installation
59 FW removal 100m2 19.97 AF86311 4.6 - 91.862 2 45 1
60 Machine 60% m3 1177.5 1 10 1 2
Backfilling
61 Manual 40% m3 785 AB1311 0.11 - 86.35 1 45 2
62 Larsen sheet pile withdraw 100m 111.36 - - 4 1 7 1 2
CHAPTER VIII: SITE LOGISTIC

I. OVERVIEW
Construction site layout is a set of plans that demonstrates planned location of buildings
which will be constructed, arrangement of material and technical basis in order to serve
construction process and human life within the boundaries of construction site.
Construction site layout is a very important content indispensable in the “construction
organization design” and “construction management plan” files.
General concept of construction site layout design includes the following issues:
- Determining specific location of buildings planned on the land granted to construct.
- Locating cranes, main equipment, and plants for construction.
- Design of transportation system on the site.
- Storage areas on the site.
- Design of auxiliary workshops.
- Design of temporary facilities on the site.
- Design of temporary technical network on the site (electricity, water supply and
drainage,…).
- Design systems of safety, security, and site cleaning.
Principles to design construction logistics:
- Construction site layout must be designed so that temporary technical and material
basis provide the best services for construction process, do not affect technology,
quality, construction duration, labour safety and environmental sanitation.
- Reducing the cost of constructing temporary facilities by: salvaging/utilizing parts
of constructed building, selecting temporary facilities that are low – cost, easy to
dismantle and move,… Temporary facilities should be located in a favourable
position to avoid wasting caused by repeated movement.
- Designing construction site layout must follow instructions, standards of
engineering design, regulations of labour safety, fire safety and environmental
sanitation.
- Gaining experience in designing construction site layout and construction site
organization conducted before; willing to apply the progress of science, technology,
economic management, etc in designing construction site layout.
II. CONSTRUCTION SITE FEATURE
The location of the building in the construction site is shown in the below figure:

The building is situated in Vinh city, hence the selected wind direction is East-South for
master plan design.
III. STORAGE SPACES ON SITE
1. Stored materials on site
- Stored materials on site is determined by the following formula:
Dmax  rmax  Tdt
Where – Dmax is stored material
rmax is maximum consumed material on day
Tdt is stored time
Unit rmax Tdt Dmax
Formwork m2 957 4 3800
Steel Ton. 24.7 12 300
2. Storage area calculation
2.1. Storage area for steel formwork
- Type: stock storage
Select stock height: 8m
3800
 Net storage area F   475m2
8
- Total storage area for F.W:
S   F  1.1  475  522.5
Select 2 stocks 250m2 for F.W panels and 1 mini storage area 30m2 for other accessories.
2.2. Storage area for steel
300
- Net storage area F   75 m 2
4
- Total storage area for steel:
S   F  1.5  75  112.5 m 2
IV. Temporary house

Manpower structure consists of 5 main group as following:
Group of main worker:

A  N tb  50( people)

Group of supporting worker (work in manufacture and installation area

B  (0.2  0.3)  A  15( people)
Group of technical staff/ engineer:
C  (4  8)%  ( A  B )  5( people)
Group of administration and commercial staffs:
D  5%  ( A  B  C )  4( people)
Group of supporting staffs:
E  (7  10)%  ( A  B  C  D )  7( people)
 Total site manpower:
G  1.06  ( A  B  C  D  E )  90( people)
 Calculation of temporary house area
Table III- 8: Temporary house area
Service for Requirement

NO. TYPE STANDARD
Group Qty. (m2)
Temporary house
1 S1 A+B 65 4 m2 serviced for 1 person 260
for worker
2 Temporary office S2 C+D 9 4 m2 serviced for 1 person 36
Temporary house
3 S3 G 90 2.5 m2 serviced for 25 people 9
for shower
4 Canteen S4 G 90 4 m2 serviced for 100 people 3.6
5 WC S5 G 90 2.5 m2 serviced for 25 people 9
6 Clinic S6 G 90 4 m2 serviced for 100 person 3.6
7 Head-office S7 Director 16 m2 serviced for 1 person 16
V. WATER SUPPLY
1. Water for construction
Q1 = 1,2.Ai.kg/(8×3600) (l/s)
Where: Ai – Quantity of water for construction equipment (mortar mixing,
machine washing)

Ai = 10000 l/shift.
kg – An unequal usage factor in one hour, kg = 2.
Q1 = 1,2×10000×2/(8×3600) = 0,83 l/s.
2. Domestic water
This kind of water used for living activities on-site (canteen, shower, etc.):
Q2 = N.B.kg/(8×3600)
Where: N – The maximum labors on site
B – The quantity of water for worker on site from standard, B = 15 ÷ 20
l/day
kg – An unequal usage factor in one hour, kg = 1,8.
Q2 =157×15×1,8/(8×3600) = 0,15 l/s.
3. Water supply for housing unit
Q3 = Nc .C.kg.kng/(24×3600)
Where: Nc – People living in the site, Nc = N1 + N2 = 125 people
C – The quantity of water for people in a day from standard, C = 40 ÷ 60
l/day
kg – An unequal usage factor in one hour, kg = 1,5
kng – An unequal usage factor in one day, kng = 1,4.
Q3 = 125×50×1,5×1,4/(24×3600) = 0,15 l/s.
4. Water for firefighting
Water is also needed for firefighting in the building and housing units, it depends on the
number of occupations and the area of the building and units, can be determined about 10
÷ 20 litter per second or checked in standard tables.
Select: Q4 = 10 l/s.
Total water consumed in a day:
Q = 0,7.(Q1 + Q2 + Q3) + Q4 = 0,7×(0,83 + 0,15 + 0,15) + 10 = 10,8 l/s.
5. Water pipe diameter
The pipe diameter is calculated by the following formula:
4.Q
D
 .v.1000
Where: v – Speed of the water flow, v = 1 m/s.
4 10,81
D = 0,117 m
 11000
Select D = 150 mm.
6. Water sources
Water can be taken from the following sources:
- From water supply system of city for domestic.
- From river for construction.
- The pile system is placed 25 cm depth in ground.
VI. POWER SUPPLY
The power capacity is calculated by the following formula:
 k . P1 k2 . P2 
Pt  1,05. 1   k3 . P3  k4 . P4 
 cos cos 
Where: ∑P1 – The total power capacity of machine using engines including:
A concrete mixer: P = 4 kW
A mortar mixer: P = 4 kW
Concrete vibrators: P = 4 kW
Plate vibrators: P = 2 kW
Tower crane: P = 66,5 kW
∑P1 = 4 + 4 + 4 + 2 + 66,5 = 80,5 kW
cosφ – The coefficient of power capacity of engines cosφ = 0,7
∑P2 – The total power capacity of equipment using power directly
∑P2 = Pweldingmachine = 2×20 = 40 kW.
∑P3 – The total power capacity of lighting outside, ∑P3 = 5 kW
∑P4 – The total power capacity of lighting inside, ∑P4 = 10 kW
ki – The using electrical power uneven (depending on types of machines

and equipment)
k1 = k2 = 0,7; k3 = 0,8; k4 = 1.
 0,7  80,5 0,7  40 

Pt  1,05     0,8  5  110  = 165,1 kW.
 0,78  0,7 0 ,7 
CHAPTER IX: SAFETY AND ENVIROMENT
I. TRAINING, IMPLEMENT, EXAMINATION OF SAFETY
Officers and officials working in the area of construction are covered by the basic
training on occupational safety and check on their level, the sense of preserving the
occupational safety for themselves and for the surrounding.
Machines, vehicles, construction equipment put into operation must be checked the
safety of device (register certificate).
The staffs are checked on their skill and health, to assign task to suit every type of work.
Who has not passed the training will not operate the equipment requiring professional
level.
In order to limit the scope of activity and areas of the worker, must have signage. All
those who do not have the task in the region are limited to ensure safety (transformer,
breaker electric, etc.).
Storages, auxiliary shops must be arranged reasonably, pay attention to fire resistance
and safety.
After formwork dismantlement, shores, boards, scaffold must be cleared and arranged
into categories.
For scaffolding when its installation is completed, the technicians must inspect before
use. People with heart disease, high blood pressure not being assigned work on high level.
Workers working on scaffolding must wear safety belts, hard hats. Do not be running
jokes. Do not sit on the railing, not climbing the outside the rail.
When there is rain or wind which is more than level 6, thick fog, not working on
scaffolding. Scaffolding must be checked before using again.
Dismantling scaffolding must be instructed by the technical staff. Before
dismantlement, must clean up tool and materials on the working platform. The boards,
scaffolds when dismantling are not allowed to throw down from high level.
II. OCCURPATIONAL SAFETY IN EACH CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1. In concrete tasks
All workers must be trained occupational safety and equipped labor protection. The exit
under region being poured concrete is banned with signage. When constructing at depth

greater than 1,5 m, the hose for pumping concrete must be fixed to formwork components
or working platform.
When using vibrator, connect vibrator to earth by insulated wire and use the insulated
wire connecting from power distribution board to vibrator’s engine. Clean vibrator and
wrap its wire when not use. Workers operating must be equipped insulated boot and other
personal protection tools.
When curing concrete, must use scaffold, do not stand on shores or formwork’s edges.
2. In reinforcement tasks
Fabricating rebar is done in private sector, having barricades and signage. Table for
rebar fabrication must be fixed surely, fabricated rebar must put on right place.
When straightening steel roll by machine, have measures for covering cylinder and
avoid rebar to slip to come out before operating. Cable top of winch is connected to rebar
which needs straightening by special equipment, only dismantle the connection when the
winch off.
Forbid to use the engine for cutting steel segments shorter than 80 cm without the safety
devices.
When the installation of reinforcement near power lines, must cut power off, if not, must
take measures to prevent the reinforcement touching power line.
3. In formwork and scaffold tasks
During construction, using formworks or scaffolds must follow the design approved by
authority.
Prohibit not to use scaffolding when: does not meet the technical requirements and
safety conditions as inadequate anchor hook, ligaments or they are anchored to the parts
having poor structural stability. Do not use the scaffold or formwork when they are
deformed, cracked, and shores when they are placed on which are unstable or likely to slip
or structural components not being calculated bearing capacity yet.
When the erection of scaffolding systems, need to do the following: anchor the scaffolds
firmly to the building and the location of the anchor hook should be set according to the
design. When the anchor hook position coincides with the hole in the wall, have to make
bracing inside to anchor.
Dismantling formwork must proceed in sequence and according to the instructions in
the design. The dismantling area must be fenced to prevent people or vehicles go through.
Formwork in use is large board combined from smaller plates, ensure they are firm and
avoid impact to other structures when installation.
Must have working platform when installing formwork whose height do not exceed 6
m and when the installation of formwork height greater than 8 m, delivered to experienced
workers.
Ban placing or arranging the formwork boards or other components of formwork slip
surface.
On the working platform and keep the load allowed and only placed the material on the
platform in the position specified, must clean up excess material, waste material on the
platform and gathered to the place specified.
Only dismantling formwork after concrete meets its enough strength, under guidance of
technical staffs. Dismantling formwork must follow the logical sequence, have measures to
prevent formwork falling and fences, signage around the dismantlement area.
When dismantlement of formwork, always observe the status of structure, if there are
any phenomenon of deformation, inform the technical staffs to have treatment measure
timely.
4. In use of power in construction
Electrical workers must be learned, tested and certified satisfactory electrical safety.
Electrical worker who do in a construction area have to master power supply diagram of
that area.
The site must have its electrical network diagrams, have general circuit breaker, breaker
segments to be able to cut whole or each sector on site when needed.
The wires using on site must be insulated wires, are hung on the column at height of at
least 2,5 m toward construction plan and 5 m toward where the vehicles pass. The wires
under 2,5 m from the construction plan must be rubber-coated wires.
All electrical equipment must be protected short circuit and overload protection devices
(fuses, relays, aptomat, etc.) must be selected in accordance with the voltage and current of
the device or group of devices that are protected.
When using the electric handheld devices, workers are not on ladder and stand on safety
platform. For heavy tools, workers have to make hanger or do other ways ensuring safety.
Workers must take gloves, boots and shoes.
Only the power workers, who are directly assigned to newly repair, match or disconnect
electrical appliances off the grid. Only open the cover of equipment, do any repairs when
the power system is off.
Ban use of fixed lights to be handheld lights. The lights at work are set at the positions
such reasonably that not cause any troubles to the workers.
5. In fire resistance
Comply the rules of fire resistance and take them to the construction site for people to
study. Place the firefighting equipment as sandbags, water tanks,... at the location having
combustible materials.

Layout 2 locations to take the water for fire resistance (well and mobile water tank),
ready when the fire occurs. Arrange workers who have been trained on fire rescue ready
when a fire occurs.
Storages of materials, offices are equipped with fire protection systems.
III. SAFETY IN WORK WITH EQUIPMENT, MACHINE ON SITE
Vibrator
Only workers who are assigned operate vibrators. When operating, pay attention to the
following:
Check the power line from the power net to the vibrator.
Only switch the vibrator on after putting the breaker on, see the vibrator shake then
bring it to work.
Not allow greater 3/4 length of the needle vibrator to be deep in concrete.
When engine stop working, take the needle vibrator out of concrete.
Do not leave heavy thing on the flexible hose, the radius of curvature of the hose is not
less than 40 cm and must not bend into segments.
The workers operating vibrator only dismantle its needle by specified equipment. Not
let the water be into the needle and hose.
When the needle gets jammed or the engine does not turn, must cut the needle form
engine right now and inform to technical staff to have treatment.
IV. ENVIROMENTAL MANAGEMENT
1. Master plan sanitation
Layout the location to wash motorbike and construction vehicles before they go out of
the site. Spray water on the roads around the site to prevent dust.
Arrange trucks to transport waste materials out of the site at time allowed of city traffic.
Arrange dedicated group to do industrial hygiene and sanitation activities in and around
the site.
2. Waste
Wastewater, surface water is collected to makeshift trench connecting to the network of
the region, not to the spill.
Waste at the site must be poured at the regulation location, every week, they are bring
out of the site.
Arrange a private toilet area for the workers in the site and group of people regularly
clean to avoid causing pollution to the surroundings.
Do not burn waste in construction site.
3. Noise and dust resistance

Due to site locates near residential areas, so pay attention to environmental problems,
noise and dust resistance. Time of gathering supplies and vehicles will be deployed
appropriately.
Vehicles transporting materials to the site must have canvas covering, avoid sand, rock
falling on the road. The velocity of vehicles running on site is in limitation of 5 km/h to
avoid stirring dust. In dry and sunny days, the contractor will spray water against a
construction dust and wash for roads around construction sites and residential areas.
The construction equipment brought to the site must be tested and are the new devices
restricting noise.
The car carrying the materials will be covered with canvas. Once out of the site, all
vehicles must be cleaned.
The waste is collected and dumped the right places. Vehicles carrying materials must
have the canvas cover to resist dust, rock falling on the road. Restrict the noise level to the
maximum level.
4. Control of leak oil, chemicals
Wastewater, grease, chemicals in the process of construction are treated or led to
location regulated, not to spill, cause environmental pollution and bad impacts to the site
(absolutely not to grease blended into the material storage yards, sand, stones etc.).

REFERENCE
1. Sàn Phẳng Bê Tông Ứng Lực Trước Căng Sau
Prof, Dr. Phan Quang Minh

2. Kết Cấu Bê Tông Cốt Thép – Phần Cấu Kiện Cơ Bản
Phan Quang Minh – Ngo The Phong – Nguyen Dinh Cong

3. Nền Và Móng
Phan Hong Quan

4. Sàn Sườn Bê Tông Cốt Thép Toàn Khối
Division of Steel and wooden building - NUCE

5. Khung Bê Tông Cốt Thép Toàn Khối
Le Ba Hue – Phan Minh Tuan

6. Euro Code 2
7. ADAPT-Builder manual
8. Technical report 43
9. TCVN 2737-1995: Tải Trọng Và Tác Động
10. TCVN 4453-1995: Kết Cấu Bê Tông và Bê Tông Cốt Thép Toàn Khối
11. TCXD 229-1994: Hướng Dẫn Tính Toán Thành Phần Động Của Tải Trọng
Gió Theo Tiêu Chuẩn TCVN 2737-1995

12. TCXD 198-1997: Nhà Cao Tầng – Thiết Kế Bê Tông Cốt Thép Toàn Khối
13. TCVN 205-1998: Móng Cọc – Tiêu Chuẩn Thiết Kế
14. PT Slab construction method statement
VSL VietNam

ANNEXES
ANNEX A: Internal forces and their combination of beams of axis F-F





















ANNEX B: Design summary of beams of axis F-F




ANNEX C: Load combination and design summary of shear walls of axis F-F
1. Wall W1-9 to W8-9 (from 1st floor to 8th floor)
1.1. DESIGN DATA

1.1.1 Materials
Reinforcement Concrete
Grade A-III Grade B40
Rs = 365 MPa Rb = 22 MPa (Included
working
Rsc = 365 MPa Rbt = 1.4 MPa condition
Es = 200000 MPa Eb = 36000 MPa factor)
1.1.2. Effective length
Gross length 5.8 m
Bending about 3-3 axis Bending about 2-2 axis
Factor μx = 0.70 Factor μy = 0.70
Effective length L0 = 4.06 m Effective length L0 = 4.06 m
1.1.3. Cross section parameters
Geometric properties Working condition factor
h= 2500 mm Concrete is poured in vertical direction
b= 550 mm Poured height condition: ꙋb3 = 1
2
Ac = 13750 cm Section condition: ꙋb5 = 1
Rebar arrangement
Diameter d = 16 mm Total 28 bars
Num. of bar/top edge 3 bars Concrete cover C0 = 30 mm
Num. of bar/bot edge 3 bars Reinf. area As = 5629.7 mm2
Num. of bar/ left edge 13 bars Content μ% = 0.41 %
Num. of bar/ right edge 13 bars
1.2. AXIAL FORCE AND MOMENT CAPACITY
1.2.1. Interaction diagram about X-X axis
xy/h Nu Mu
0 -205.5 0.0
0.05 -7.7 235.5
0.1 177.1 428.7
0.2 531.3 727.5
0.3 887.4 931.6
0.4 1243.8 1039.6
0.5 1600.9 1050.4
0.6 1952.9 973.4
0.7 2286.0 832.8
0.8 2607.4 625.2
0.9 2921.1 348.5
1 3229.4 1.3

Interaction diagram N - M3-3

3500
3000
2500
2000
Nu (T)
1500
1000
500
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-500
Mu (Tm)
1.2.2. Interaction diagram about Y-Y axis

xx/h Nu Mu
0 -205.5 0.0
0.05 59.7 66.5
0.1 287.8 120.1
0.2 590.3 178.3
0.3 902.4 219.9
0.4 1216.5 244.9
0.5 1552.6 246.9
0.6 1912.7 225.2
0.7 2255.6 190.7
0.8 2588.3 141.9
0.9 2914.3 78.1
1 3230.5 0.0


3500
3000
2500
2000
Nu (T)
1500
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-500
Mu (Tm)
1.3. DESIGN FORCE VERIFICATION

When wall under biaxial bending, symmetrically reinforced rectangular sections may be designed by adding
an increased moment about major axis given by BS8110 - 1997.
Slendernes Equivalent
STO LOC ETABS DATA Moment Ne0
COMBO factor Moment SF
RY (m)
N (T) My Mx y x M0y M0x My' Mx'
F1. Comb1 Top 2028.1 34.6 65.5 1.00 1.00 37.2 169.0 57.2 0.0 3.7
F1. Comb1 Bottom 2049.6 18.0 23.6 1.00 1.00 37.6 170.8 57.7 0.0 3.7
F1. Comb2 Top 1965.1 22.9 68.1 1.00 1.00 36.0 163.8 55.9 0.0 3.9
F1. Comb2 Bottom 1986.6 12.2 559.1 1.00 1.00 36.4 559.1 0.0 660.4 1.5
F1. Comb3 Top 1892.7 25.3 58.0 1.00 1.00 34.7 157.7 54.3 0.0 4.2
F1. Comb3 Bottom 1914.2 27.1 22.5 1.00 1.00 35.1 159.5 54.8 0.0 4.1
F1. Comb4 Top 2006.8 24.6 29.2 1.00 1.00 36.8 167.2 56.8 0.0 3.8
F1. Comb4 Bottom 2028.3 22.9 405.0 1.00 1.00 37.2 405.0 0.0 506.8 1.9
F1. Comb5 Top 1692.0 24.6 142.1 1.00 1.00 31.0 142.1 50.0 0.0 4.8
F1. Comb5 Bottom 1713.6 22.6 362.0 1.00 1.00 31.4 362.0 0.0 458.1 2.2
F1. Comb6 Top 2199.1 33.4 44.4 1.00 1.00 40.3 183.3 60.7 0.0 3.2
F1. Comb6 Bottom 2220.6 17.6 509.3 1.00 1.00 40.7 509.3 0.0 612.8 1.4
F1. Comb7 Top 2134.0 35.5 69.1 1.00 1.00 39.1 177.8 59.4 0.0 3.4
F1. Comb7 Bottom 2155.5 30.9 26.3 1.00 1.00 39.5 179.6 59.8 0.0 3.4
F1. Comb8 Top 2236.6 34.9 9.4 1.00 1.00 41.0 186.4 61.4 0.0 3.1

F1. Comb8 Bottom 2258.2 27.1 370.5 1.00 1.00 41.4 370.5 0.0 474.3 1.8
F1. Comb9 Top 1953.4 34.9 144.8 1.00 1.00 35.8 162.8 55.6 0.0 4.0
F1. Comb9 Bottom 1974.9 26.9 319.7 1.00 1.00 36.2 319.7 0.0 420.9 2.3
F1. Comb2-1 Top 1521.8 22.9 173.2 1.00 1.00 27.9 173.2 0.0 264.1 4.0
F1. Comb2-1 Bottom 1543.3 11.9 521.1 1.00 1.00 28.3 521.1 0.0 612.6 1.7
F1. Comb3-1 Top 1594.1 20.5 47.1 1.00 1.00 29.2 132.8 47.5 0.0 5.1
F1. Comb3-1 Bottom 1615.6 3.0 15.5 1.00 1.00 29.6 134.6 48.0 0.0 5.1
F1. Comb4-1 Top 1480.0 21.2 134.4 1.00 1.00 27.1 134.4 0.0 223.9 4.7
F1. Comb4-1 Bottom 1501.6 1.3 367.0 1.00 1.00 27.5 367.0 0.0 457.2 2.3
F1. Comb5-1 Top 1794.8 21.2 37.0 1.00 1.00 32.9 149.6 52.2 0.0 4.5
F1. Comb5-1 Bottom 1816.3 1.5 400.0 1.00 1.00 33.3 400.0 0.0 498.4 2.0
F1. Comb6-1 Top 1800.1 33.4 172.8 1.00 1.00 33.4 172.8 0.0 272.0 3.7
F1. Comb6-1 Bottom 1821.6 17.3 462.9 1.00 1.00 33.4 462.9 0.0 561.4 1.8
F1. Comb7-1 Top 1865.2 31.3 59.3 1.00 1.00 34.2 155.4 53.7 0.0 4.2
F1. Comb7-1 Bottom 1886.8 3.9 20.0 1.00 1.00 34.6 157.2 54.2 0.0 4.2
F1. Comb8-1 Top 1762.6 31.9 137.8 1.00 1.00 32.3 146.9 51.4 0.0 4.6
F1. Comb8-1 Bottom 1784.1 7.7 324.2 1.00 1.00 32.7 324.2 0.0 422.0 2.4
F1. Comb9-1 Top 2045.8 31.9 16.4 1.00 1.00 37.5 170.5 57.6 0.0 3.7
F1. Comb9-1 Bottom 2067.4 7.9 366.0 1.00 1.00 37.9 366.0 0.0 468.4 2.0
F2. Comb1 Top 1935.8 41.6 47.6 1.00 1.00 41.6 161.3 61.4 0.0 3.6
F2. Comb1 Bottom 1953.6 53.3 78.8 1.00 1.00 53.3 162.8 73.1 0.0 3.0
F2. Comb2 Top 1920.0 29.2 106.4 1.00 1.00 35.2 160.0 54.9 0.0 4.1
F2. Comb2 Bottom 1937.9 36.3 453.4 1.00 1.00 36.3 453.4 0.0 556.2 1.8
F2. Comb3 Top 1826.2 32.7 34.9 1.00 1.00 33.5 152.2 52.9 0.0 4.4
F2. Comb3 Bottom 1844.0 45.6 69.9 1.00 1.00 45.6 153.7 65.1 0.0 3.5
F2. Comb4 Top 1954.6 31.9 65.0 1.00 1.00 35.8 162.9 55.7 0.0 4.0
F2. Comb4 Bottom 1972.4 43.0 345.5 1.00 1.00 43.0 345.5 0.0 465.8 2.1
F2. Comb5 Top 1612.5 31.3 134.0 1.00 1.00 31.3 134.4 49.7 0.0 4.9
F2. Comb5 Bottom 1630.3 42.7 210.3 1.00 1.00 42.7 210.3 0.0 344.7 3.0
F2. Comb6 Top 2127.0 40.7 79.9 1.00 1.00 40.7 177.2 60.9 0.0 3.3
F2. Comb6 Bottom 2144.8 51.8 429.4 1.00 1.00 51.8 429.4 0.0 565.2 1.6
F2. Comb7 Top 2042.5 43.9 47.1 1.00 1.00 43.9 170.2 64.0 0.0 3.3
F2. Comb7 Bottom 2060.3 60.2 84.4 1.00 1.00 60.2 171.7 80.3 0.0 2.6
F2. Comb8 Top 2158.1 43.1 42.7 1.00 1.00 43.1 179.8 63.4 0.0 3.2
F2. Comb8 Bottom 2175.9 57.8 332.4 1.00 1.00 57.8 332.4 0.0 482.1 1.8
F2. Comb9 Top 1850.2 42.6 136.4 1.00 1.00 42.6 154.2 62.1 0.0 3.7
F2. Comb9 Bottom 1868.0 57.5 167.9 1.00 1.00 57.5 167.9 78.6 0.0 2.9
F2. Comb2-1 Top 1438.2 28.4 173.9 1.00 1.00 28.4 173.9 0.0 268.7 3.9
F2. Comb2-1 Bottom 1456.0 35.9 329.6 1.00 1.00 35.9 329.6 0.0 448.8 2.3
F2. Comb3-1 Top 1532.0 24.8 32.7 1.00 1.00 28.1 127.7 46.0 0.0 5.4
F2. Comb3-1 Bottom 1549.8 26.6 53.9 1.00 1.00 28.4 129.2 46.5 0.0 5.3

F2. Comb4-1 Top 1403.6 25.7 132.5 1.00 1.00 25.7 132.5 0.0 219.4 4.8
F2. Comb4-1 Bottom 1421.5 29.2 221.7 1.00 1.00 29.2 221.7 0.0 319.8 3.3
F2. Comb5-1 Top 1745.7 26.2 66.5 1.00 1.00 32.0 145.5 51.1 0.0 4.6
F2. Comb5-1 Bottom 1763.6 29.5 334.1 1.00 1.00 32.3 334.1 0.0 431.4 2.4
F2. Comb6-1 Top 1693.3 40.0 172.3 1.00 1.00 40.0 172.3 63.0 0.0 3.8
F2. Comb6-1 Bottom 1711.1 51.4 275.2 1.00 1.00 51.4 275.2 0.0 432.7 2.4
F2. Comb7-1 Top 1777.8 36.8 45.2 1.00 1.00 36.8 148.1 56.0 0.0 4.2
F2. Comb7-1 Bottom 1795.6 43.0 69.9 1.00 1.00 43.0 149.6 62.3 0.0 3.7
F2. Comb8-1 Top 1662.2 37.5 135.1 1.00 1.00 37.5 138.5 56.2 0.0 4.3
F2. Comb8-1 Bottom 1680.0 45.4 178.2 1.00 1.00 45.4 178.2 69.2 0.0 3.5
F2. Comb9-1 Top 1970.1 38.0 44.0 1.00 1.00 38.0 164.2 57.9 0.0 3.8
F2. Comb9-1 Bottom 1987.9 45.7 322.1 1.00 1.00 45.7 322.1 0.0 449.1 2.1
F6. Comb1 Top 1634.4 42.9 71.6 1.00 1.00 42.9 136.2 61.4 0.0 3.9
F6. Comb1 Bottom 1650.0 41.9 48.1 1.00 1.00 41.9 137.5 60.5 0.0 4.0
F6. Comb2 Top 1645.6 31.6 14.1 1.00 1.00 31.6 137.1 50.1 0.0 4.8
F6. Comb2 Bottom 1661.2 30.8 132.6 1.00 1.00 30.8 138.4 49.4 0.0 4.9
F6. Comb3 Top 1571.4 43.5 5.9 1.00 1.00 43.5 131.0 61.7 0.0 4.0
F6. Comb3 Bottom 1587.0 43.8 28.4 1.00 1.00 43.8 132.2 62.1 0.0 3.9
F6. Comb4 Top 1677.7 40.7 36.0 1.00 1.00 40.7 139.8 59.4 0.0 4.0
F6. Comb4 Bottom 1693.3 40.5 100.1 1.00 1.00 40.5 141.1 59.3 0.0 4.0
F6. Comb5 Top 1391.1 38.5 57.7 1.00 1.00 38.5 115.9 55.5 0.0 4.4
F6. Comb5 Bottom 1406.7 39.1 40.2 1.00 1.00 39.1 117.2 56.2 0.0 4.4
F6. Comb6 Top 1797.0 42.9 10.3 1.00 1.00 42.9 149.7 62.2 0.0 3.7
F6. Comb6 Bottom 1812.6 41.6 135.6 1.00 1.00 41.6 151.0 61.0 0.0 3.8
F6. Comb7 Top 1730.2 53.7 17.6 1.00 1.00 53.7 144.2 72.7 0.0 3.2
F6. Comb7 Bottom 1745.8 53.4 41.8 1.00 1.00 53.4 145.5 72.5 0.0 3.2
F6. Comb8 Top 1825.9 51.2 9.5 1.00 1.00 51.2 152.2 70.5 0.0 3.3
F6. Comb8 Bottom 1841.4 50.4 106.4 1.00 1.00 50.4 153.5 69.8 0.0 3.3
F6. Comb9 Top 1567.9 49.2 74.8 1.00 1.00 49.2 130.7 67.4 0.0 3.7
F6. Comb9 Bottom 1583.5 49.1 19.9 1.00 1.00 49.1 132.0 67.3 0.0 3.6
F6. Comb2-1 Top 1241.9 28.5 117.8 1.00 1.00 28.5 117.8 46.6 0.0 5.3
F6. Comb2-1 Bottom 1257.5 28.8 65.0 1.00 1.00 28.8 104.8 44.7 0.0 5.5
F6. Comb3-1 Top 1316.2 16.6 109.7 1.00 1.00 24.1 109.7 40.6 0.0 6.0
F6. Comb3-1 Bottom 1331.7 15.7 39.3 1.00 1.00 24.4 111.0 41.0 0.0 6.0
F6. Comb4-1 Top 1209.9 19.4 139.8 1.00 1.00 22.2 139.8 0.0 219.0 4.7
F6. Comb4-1 Bottom 1225.4 19.1 32.5 1.00 1.00 22.5 102.1 38.2 0.0 6.4
F6. Comb5-1 Top 1496.5 21.6 46.1 1.00 1.00 27.4 124.7 45.1 0.0 5.5
F6. Comb5-1 Bottom 1512.0 20.5 107.9 1.00 1.00 27.7 126.0 45.5 0.0 5.4
F6. Comb6-1 Top 1433.7 40.2 129.0 1.00 1.00 40.2 129.0 58.9 0.0 4.2
F6. Comb6-1 Bottom 1449.2 39.8 42.2 1.00 1.00 39.8 120.8 57.2 0.0 4.3
F6. Comb7-1 Top 1500.5 29.4 121.7 1.00 1.00 29.4 125.0 47.2 0.0 5.2

F6. Comb7-1 Bottom 1516.0 28.1 51.6 1.00 1.00 28.1 126.3 45.9 0.0 5.4
F6. Comb8-1 Top 1404.8 32.0 148.7 1.00 1.00 32.0 148.7 53.7 0.0 4.6
F6. Comb8-1 Bottom 1420.4 31.1 13.0 1.00 1.00 31.1 118.4 48.3 0.0 5.1
F6. Comb9-1 Top 1662.7 33.9 64.4 1.00 1.00 33.9 138.6 52.6 0.0 4.6
F6. Comb9-1 Bottom 1678.3 32.4 113.3 1.00 1.00 32.4 139.9 51.1 0.0 4.7
F8. Comb1 Top 1494.4 33.6 47.8 1.00 1.00 33.6 124.5 51.3 0.0 4.8
F8. Comb1 Bottom 1507.7 34.2 29.2 1.00 1.00 34.2 125.6 52.0 0.0 4.7
F8. Comb2 Top 1509.2 28.5 60.2 1.00 1.00 28.5 125.8 46.3 0.0 5.3
F8. Comb2 Bottom 1522.5 29.2 98.1 1.00 1.00 29.2 126.9 47.1 0.0 5.2
F8. Comb3 Top 1445.6 36.3 36.8 1.00 1.00 36.3 120.5 53.7 0.0 4.6
F8. Comb3 Bottom 1459.0 38.3 44.5 1.00 1.00 38.3 121.6 55.8 0.0 4.4
F8. Comb4 Top 1539.4 34.7 52.8 1.00 1.00 34.7 128.3 52.7 0.0 4.7
F8. Comb4 Bottom 1552.8 36.2 91.1 1.00 1.00 36.2 129.4 54.3 0.0 4.6
F8. Comb5 Top 1284.6 32.6 21.7 1.00 1.00 32.6 107.1 48.8 0.0 5.0
F8. Comb5 Bottom 1298.0 34.5 14.1 1.00 1.00 34.5 108.2 50.8 0.0 4.8
F8. Comb6 Top 1639.4 34.3 66.5 1.00 1.00 34.3 136.6 52.8 0.0 4.6
F8. Comb6 Bottom 1652.7 34.7 95.4 1.00 1.00 34.7 137.7 53.3 0.0 4.5
F8. Comb7 Top 1582.2 41.3 45.5 1.00 1.00 41.3 131.8 59.5 0.0 4.1
F8. Comb7 Bottom 1595.5 42.9 47.2 1.00 1.00 42.9 133.0 61.2 0.0 4.0
F8. Comb8 Top 1666.6 39.8 59.9 1.00 1.00 39.8 138.9 58.5 0.0 4.1
F8. Comb8 Bottom 1679.9 41.0 89.2 1.00 1.00 41.0 140.0 59.7 0.0 4.0
F8. Comb9 Top 1437.3 38.0 31.8 1.00 1.00 38.0 119.8 55.3 0.0 4.5
F8. Comb9 Bottom 1450.6 39.4 5.5 1.00 1.00 39.4 120.9 56.8 0.0 4.3
F8. Comb2-1 Top 1150.3 25.6 16.4 1.00 1.00 25.6 95.9 40.7 0.0 5.9
F8. Comb2-1 Bottom 1163.7 26.8 50.1 1.00 1.00 26.8 97.0 42.0 0.0 5.7
F8. Comb3-1 Top 1213.9 17.8 39.8 1.00 1.00 22.3 101.2 37.9 0.0 6.5
F8. Comb3-1 Bottom 1227.3 17.6 3.5 1.00 1.00 22.5 102.3 38.2 0.0 6.4
F8. Comb4-1 Top 1120.1 19.5 23.8 1.00 1.00 20.5 93.3 35.3 0.0 6.7
F8. Comb4-1 Bottom 1133.5 19.8 43.2 1.00 1.00 20.8 94.5 35.7 0.0 6.7
F8. Comb5-1 Top 1374.9 21.5 54.9 1.00 1.00 25.2 114.6 42.1 0.0 5.8
F8. Comb5-1 Bottom 1388.3 21.5 62.0 1.00 1.00 25.5 115.7 42.4 0.0 5.8
F8. Comb6-1 Top 1316.4 31.7 27.1 1.00 1.00 31.7 109.7 48.1 0.0 5.1
F8. Comb6-1 Bottom 1329.8 32.5 38.0 1.00 1.00 32.5 110.8 49.0 0.0 5.0
F8. Comb7-1 Top 1373.6 24.6 48.2 1.00 1.00 25.2 114.5 42.1 0.0 5.8
F8. Comb7-1 Bottom 1387.0 24.2 10.3 1.00 1.00 25.4 115.6 42.4 0.0 5.8
F8. Comb8-1 Top 1289.2 26.1 33.8 1.00 1.00 26.1 107.4 42.4 0.0 5.8
F8. Comb8-1 Bottom 1302.6 26.2 31.7 1.00 1.00 26.2 108.5 42.5 0.0 5.8
F8. Comb9-1 Top 1518.5 28.0 61.8 1.00 1.00 28.0 126.5 45.8 0.0 5.4
F8. Comb9-1 Bottom 1531.9 27.7 63.0 1.00 1.00 28.1 127.7 46.0 0.0 5.4
2. Wall W9-9 to W27-9 (from 9th floor to 27th floor)

2.1. DESIGN DATA

2.1.1 Materials
working
Rsc = 365 MPa Rbt = 1.4 MPa
condition
Gross length 3.2 m
Ac = 12500 cm2 Section condition: ꙋb5 = 1
Rebar arrangement
Diameter d = 16 mm Total 28 thanh
xy/h Nu Mu
0 -205.5 0.0
0.05 -21.5 219.1
0.1 149.6 397.8
0.2 476.3 672.5
0.3 804.9 859.4
0.4 1133.8 957.1
0.5 1463.4 964.5
0.6 1787.9 890.9
0.7 2093.5 760.7
0.8 2387.4 570.2
0.9 2673.6 317.5
1 2954.4 1.3


3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
Nu (T)
1000
500
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-500
-1000
Mu (Tm)

xx/h Nu Mu
0 -205.5 0.0
0.05 20.8 51.5
0.1 260.3 102.3
0.2 535.3 150.5
0.3 819.9 184.8
0.4 1106.5 205.5
0.5 1417.7 206.2
0.6 1749.8 187.4
0.7 2064.9 158.3
0.8 2369.9 117.5
0.9 2668.2 64.5
1 2955.5 0.0


3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
Nu (T)
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-500
-1000
Mu (Tm)

When wall under biaxial bending, symmetrically reinforced rectangular sections may be designed by
adding an increased moment about major axis given by BS8110 - 1997.
Slenderness Moment Equivalent

LOC ETABS DATA
STORY COMBO factor Ne0 Moment SF
(m)
F9. Comb1 Top 1368.0 35.2 39.2 1.00 1.00 35.2 114.0 50.7 0.0 4.1
F9. Comb1 Bottom 1380.1 32.5 33.4 1.00 1.00 32.5 115.0 48.1 0.0 4.3
F9. Comb2 Top 1379.8 31.8 117.8 1.00 1.00 31.8 117.8 47.8 0.0 4.3
F9. Comb2 Bottom 1392.0 28.7 31.8 1.00 1.00 28.7 116.0 44.4 0.0 4.6
F9. Comb3 Top 1325.9 37.4 38.1 1.00 1.00 37.4 110.5 52.7 0.0 3.9
F9. Comb3 Bottom 1338.0 36.0 37.8 1.00 1.00 36.0 111.5 51.3 0.0 4.0
F9. Comb4 Top 1407.9 36.6 96.7 1.00 1.00 36.6 117.3 52.4 0.0 3.9
F9. Comb4 Bottom 1420.0 34.8 38.1 1.00 1.00 34.8 118.3 50.7 0.0 4.1
F9. Comb5 Top 1183.6 33.7 23.2 1.00 1.00 33.7 98.6 48.0 0.0 4.3
F9. Comb5 Bottom 1195.8 31.7 31.3 1.00 1.00 31.7 99.6 46.0 0.0 4.5
F9. Comb6 Top 1495.5 36.5 114.6 1.00 1.00 36.5 124.6 52.7 0.0 3.8
F9. Comb6 Bottom 1507.7 33.9 37.1 1.00 1.00 33.9 125.6 50.2 0.0 4.0
F9. Comb7 Top 1447.0 41.6 42.9 1.00 1.00 41.6 120.6 57.5 0.0 3.6
F9. Comb7 Bottom 1459.1 40.5 42.4 1.00 1.00 40.5 121.6 56.5 0.0 3.6
F9. Comb8 Top 1520.7 40.9 95.6 1.00 1.00 40.9 126.7 57.2 0.0 3.5

F9. Comb8 Bottom 1532.9 39.4 42.7 1.00 1.00 39.4 127.7 55.8 0.0 3.6
F9. Comb9 Top 1318.9 38.3 12.3 1.00 1.00 38.3 109.9 53.5 0.0 3.9
F9. Comb9 Bottom 1331.1 36.6 36.5 1.00 1.00 36.6 110.9 51.9 0.0 4.0
F9. Comb2-1 Top 1064.0 27.7 51.1 1.00 1.00 27.7 88.7 41.0 0.0 4.9
F9. Comb2-1 Bottom 1076.2 24.3 22.2 1.00 1.00 24.3 89.7 37.7 0.0 5.4
F9. Comb3-1 Top 1118.0 22.1 28.6 1.00 1.00 22.1 93.2 35.9 0.0 5.7
F9. Comb3-1 Bottom 1130.1 17.0 16.3 1.00 1.00 18.8 94.2 0.0 163.5 5.8
F9. Comb4-1 Top 1036.0 22.9 30.0 1.00 1.00 22.9 86.3 36.0 0.0 5.6
F9. Comb4-1 Bottom 1048.1 18.2 16.0 1.00 1.00 18.2 87.3 31.4 0.0 6.4
F9. Comb5-1 Top 1260.2 25.8 89.9 1.00 1.00 25.8 105.0 40.6 0.0 5.1
F9. Comb5-1 Bottom 1272.4 21.4 22.8 1.00 1.00 21.4 106.0 36.3 0.0 5.7
F9. Comb6-1 Top 1211.3 32.8 37.3 1.00 1.00 32.8 100.9 47.3 0.0 4.3
F9. Comb6-1 Bottom 1223.4 29.9 28.4 1.00 1.00 29.9 102.0 44.5 0.0 4.6
F9. Comb7-1 Top 1259.8 27.8 34.3 1.00 1.00 27.8 105.0 42.6 0.0 4.8
F9. Comb7-1 Bottom 1272.0 23.4 23.0 1.00 1.00 23.4 106.0 38.3 0.0 5.4
F9. Comb8-1 Top 1186.1 28.5 18.4 1.00 1.00 28.5 98.8 42.8 0.0 4.8
F9. Comb8-1 Bottom 1198.2 24.4 22.8 1.00 1.00 24.4 99.8 38.8 0.0 5.3
F9. Comb9-1 Top 1387.9 31.1 89.5 1.00 1.00 31.1 115.7 46.7 0.0 4.4
F9. Comb9-1 Bottom 1400.0 27.3 28.9 1.00 1.00 27.3 116.7 43.0 0.0 4.8
F17. Comb1 Top 824.8 39.9 38.5 1.00 1.00 39.9 68.7 51.0 0.0 3.6
F17. Comb1 Bottom 835.6 39.8 33.9 1.00 1.00 39.8 69.6 51.0 0.0 3.6
F17. Comb2 Top 820.8 36.5 95.8 1.00 1.00 36.5 95.8 52.0 0.0 3.6
F17. Comb2 Bottom 831.5 36.4 17.3 1.00 1.00 36.4 69.3 47.6 0.0 3.9
F17. Comb3 Top 799.9 42.7 44.3 1.00 1.00 42.7 66.7 53.5 0.0 3.4
F17. Comb3 Bottom 810.7 42.7 28.6 1.00 1.00 42.7 67.6 53.6 0.0 3.4
F17. Comb4 Top 841.3 41.9 85.5 1.00 1.00 41.9 85.5 55.6 0.0 3.4
F17. Comb4 Bottom 852.1 41.9 20.2 1.00 1.00 41.9 71.0 53.2 0.0 3.5
F17. Comb5 Top 721.6 38.5 3.3 1.00 1.00 38.5 60.1 48.5 0.0 3.6
F17. Comb5 Bottom 732.4 38.5 37.5 1.00 1.00 38.5 61.0 48.6 0.0 3.6
F17. Comb6 Top 891.9 41.4 94.2 1.00 1.00 41.4 94.2 56.3 0.0 3.4
F17. Comb6 Bottom 902.7 41.4 22.5 1.00 1.00 41.4 75.2 53.2 0.0 3.6
F17. Comb7 Top 873.1 47.0 47.9 1.00 1.00 47.0 72.8 58.6 0.0 3.2
F17. Comb7 Bottom 883.9 47.0 32.6 1.00 1.00 47.0 73.7 58.7 0.0 3.2
F17. Comb8 Top 910.4 46.3 84.9 1.00 1.00 46.3 84.9 59.7 0.0 3.2
F17. Comb8 Bottom 921.2 46.3 25.1 1.00 1.00 46.3 76.8 58.3 0.0 3.3
F17. Comb9 Top 802.6 43.2 5.0 1.00 1.00 43.2 66.9 54.1 0.0 3.4
F17. Comb9 Bottom 813.4 43.2 40.7 1.00 1.00 43.2 67.8 54.2 0.0 3.4
F17. Comb2-1 Top 652.2 31.7 29.3 1.00 1.00 31.7 54.3 40.9 0.0 4.0
F17. Comb2-1 Bottom 663.0 31.6 41.8 1.00 1.00 31.6 55.2 41.0 0.0 4.1
F17. Comb3-1 Top 673.1 25.5 22.2 1.00 1.00 25.5 56.1 35.0 0.0 4.8
F17. Comb3-1 Bottom 683.8 25.4 30.6 1.00 1.00 25.4 57.0 35.0 0.0 4.8

F17. Comb4-1 Top 631.6 26.3 19.0 1.00 1.00 26.3 52.6 35.3 0.0 4.6
F17. Comb4-1 Bottom 642.4 26.2 38.9 1.00 1.00 26.2 53.5 35.3 0.0 4.6
F17. Comb5-1 Top 751.3 29.7 69.8 1.00 1.00 29.7 69.8 41.2 0.0 4.3
F17. Comb5-1 Bottom 762.1 29.6 21.6 1.00 1.00 29.6 63.5 40.0 0.0 4.4
F17. Comb6-1 Top 740.1 37.1 18.3 1.00 1.00 37.1 61.7 47.3 0.0 3.7
F17. Comb6-1 Bottom 750.9 37.0 44.5 1.00 1.00 37.0 62.6 47.4 0.0 3.7
F17. Comb7-1 Top 758.9 31.6 28.0 1.00 1.00 31.6 63.2 42.0 0.0 4.2
F17. Comb7-1 Bottom 769.7 31.4 34.4 1.00 1.00 31.4 64.1 42.0 0.0 4.3
F17. Comb8-1 Top 721.6 32.3 9.1 1.00 1.00 32.3 60.1 42.3 0.0 4.1
F17. Comb8-1 Bottom 732.4 32.1 41.9 1.00 1.00 32.1 61.0 42.3 0.0 4.1
F17. Comb9-1 Top 829.3 35.3 70.8 1.00 1.00 35.3 70.8 46.8 0.0 4.0
F17. Comb9-1 Bottom 840.1 35.2 26.3 1.00 1.00 35.2 70.0 46.5 0.0 4.0
F22. Comb1 Top 480.6 40.4 38.2 1.00 1.00 40.4 40.1 47.5 0.0 3.0
F22. Comb1 Bottom 491.4 40.3 36.3 1.00 1.00 40.3 41.0 47.6 0.0 3.0
F22. Comb2 Top 475.5 36.8 91.3 1.00 1.00 36.8 91.3 53.1 0.0 2.6
F22. Comb2 Bottom 486.3 36.8 13.7 1.00 1.00 36.8 40.5 44.0 0.0 3.2
F22. Comb3 Top 466.1 43.2 44.3 1.00 1.00 43.2 44.3 51.1 0.0 2.7
F22. Comb3 Bottom 476.9 42.9 29.8 1.00 1.00 42.9 39.7 50.0 0.0 2.8
F22. Comb4 Top 488.4 42.3 82.3 1.00 1.00 42.3 82.3 56.9 0.0 2.5
F22. Comb4 Bottom 499.2 42.1 17.6 1.00 1.00 42.1 41.6 49.5 0.0 2.9
F22. Comb5 Top 422.1 39.0 0.2 1.00 1.00 39.0 35.2 45.4 0.0 2.9
F22. Comb5 Bottom 432.9 38.8 43.1 1.00 1.00 38.8 43.1 46.6 0.0 2.8
F22. Comb6 Top 517.5 41.9 90.0 1.00 1.00 41.9 90.0 57.7 0.0 2.6
F22. Comb6 Bottom 528.3 41.8 19.7 1.00 1.00 41.8 44.0 49.5 0.0 3.0
F22. Comb7 Top 509.0 47.6 47.7 1.00 1.00 47.6 47.7 56.0 0.0 2.6
F22. Comb7 Bottom 519.8 47.3 34.2 1.00 1.00 47.3 43.3 55.0 0.0 2.7
F22. Comb8 Top 529.1 46.8 82.0 1.00 1.00 46.8 82.0 61.2 0.0 2.4
F22. Comb8 Bottom 539.9 46.6 23.2 1.00 1.00 46.6 45.0 54.5 0.0 2.8
F22. Comb9 Top 469.4 43.9 7.7 1.00 1.00 43.9 39.1 50.8 0.0 2.7
F22. Comb9 Bottom 480.2 43.6 46.2 1.00 1.00 43.6 46.2 51.8 0.0 2.7
F22. Comb2-1 Top 382.2 32.2 25.0 1.00 1.00 32.2 31.8 38.0 0.0 3.3
F22. Comb2-1 Bottom 393.0 32.1 49.6 1.00 1.00 32.1 49.6 41.1 0.0 3.1
F22. Comb3-1 Top 391.6 25.8 21.9 1.00 1.00 25.8 32.6 31.8 0.0 3.9
F22. Comb3-1 Bottom 402.4 26.0 33.4 1.00 1.00 26.0 33.5 32.1 0.0 4.0
F22. Comb4-1 Top 369.3 26.7 16.1 1.00 1.00 26.7 30.8 32.3 0.0 3.8
F22. Comb4-1 Bottom 380.1 26.8 45.7 1.00 1.00 26.8 45.7 35.1 0.0 3.5
F22. Comb5-1 Top 435.5 30.0 66.5 1.00 1.00 30.0 66.5 41.9 0.0 3.2
F22. Comb5-1 Bottom 446.3 30.1 20.2 1.00 1.00 30.1 37.2 36.8 0.0 3.7
F22. Comb6-1 Top 433.5 37.7 14.7 1.00 1.00 37.7 36.1 44.2 0.0 3.0
F22. Comb6-1 Bottom 444.2 37.6 52.0 1.00 1.00 37.6 52.0 46.9 0.0 2.9
F22. Comb7-1 Top 442.0 32.0 27.6 1.00 1.00 32.0 36.8 38.6 0.0 3.5

F22. Comb7-1 Bottom 452.7 32.1 37.5 1.00 1.00 32.1 37.7 38.8 0.0 3.5
F22. Comb8-1 Top 421.8 32.7 6.6 1.00 1.00 32.7 35.2 39.1 0.0 3.3
F22. Comb8-1 Bottom 432.6 32.8 48.5 1.00 1.00 32.8 48.5 41.5 0.0 3.2
F22. Comb9-1 Top 481.5 35.7 67.7 1.00 1.00 35.7 67.7 47.7 0.0 3.0
F22. Comb9-1 Bottom 492.3 35.8 25.5 1.00 1.00 35.8 41.0 43.1 0.0 3.3
F27. Comb1 Top 133.9 31.4 33.0 1.00 1.00 31.4 33.0 37.8 0.0 2.0
F27. Comb1 Bottom 144.7 38.0 38.5 1.00 1.00 38.0 38.5 45.4 0.0 1.7
F27. Comb2 Top 134.5 27.2 71.6 1.00 1.00 27.2 71.6 41.1 0.0 1.8
F27. Comb2 Bottom 145.3 34.2 19.1 1.00 1.00 34.2 19.1 37.9 0.0 2.1
F27. Comb3 Top 130.8 33.4 37.1 1.00 1.00 33.4 37.1 40.6 0.0 1.8
F27. Comb3 Bottom 141.5 40.2 31.7 1.00 1.00 40.2 31.7 46.3 0.0 1.7
F27. Comb4 Top 138.4 31.8 65.1 1.00 1.00 31.8 65.1 44.5 0.0 1.7
F27. Comb4 Bottom 149.1 39.2 22.0 1.00 1.00 39.2 22.0 43.4 0.0 1.8
F27. Comb5 Top 116.3 31.1 4.1 1.00 1.00 31.1 9.7 33.0 0.0 2.2
F27. Comb5 Bottom 127.1 36.7 42.5 1.00 1.00 36.7 42.5 45.0 0.0 1.6
F27. Comb6 Top 146.4 31.4 71.2 1.00 1.00 31.4 71.2 45.2 0.0 1.7
F27. Comb6 Bottom 157.2 39.0 25.0 1.00 1.00 39.0 25.0 43.8 0.0 1.8
F27. Comb7 Top 143.0 37.0 40.1 1.00 1.00 37.0 40.1 44.8 0.0 1.7
F27. Comb7 Bottom 153.8 44.4 36.3 1.00 1.00 44.4 36.3 51.4 0.0 1.6
F27. Comb8 Top 149.9 35.6 65.4 1.00 1.00 35.6 65.4 48.2 0.0 1.6
F27. Comb8 Bottom 160.7 43.5 27.6 1.00 1.00 43.5 27.6 48.8 0.0 1.7
F27. Comb9 Top 130.0 34.9 10.5 1.00 1.00 34.9 10.8 37.0 0.0 2.0
F27. Comb9 Bottom 140.8 41.3 46.1 1.00 1.00 41.3 46.1 50.2 0.0 1.5
F27. Comb2-1 Top 103.4 26.1 14.3 1.00 1.00 26.1 14.3 28.9 0.0 2.4
F27. Comb2-1 Bottom 114.2 30.7 48.0 1.00 1.00 30.7 48.0 40.1 0.0 1.8
F27. Comb3-1 Top 107.2 20.0 20.2 1.00 1.00 20.0 20.2 23.9 0.0 2.9
F27. Comb3-1 Bottom 118.0 24.7 35.4 1.00 1.00 24.7 35.4 31.6 0.0 2.3
F27. Comb4-1 Top 99.6 21.5 7.9 1.00 1.00 21.5 8.3 23.2 0.0 2.9
F27. Comb4-1 Bottom 110.4 25.7 45.1 1.00 1.00 25.7 45.1 34.5 0.0 2.0
F27. Comb5-1 Top 121.6 22.3 53.1 1.00 1.00 22.3 53.1 32.6 0.0 2.2
F27. Comb5-1 Bottom 132.4 28.2 24.6 1.00 1.00 28.2 24.6 32.9 0.0 2.3
F27. Comb6-1 Top 118.4 30.4 6.1 1.00 1.00 30.4 9.9 32.4 0.0 2.2
F27. Comb6-1 Bottom 129.2 35.9 51.0 1.00 1.00 35.9 51.0 45.8 0.0 1.6
F27. Comb7-1 Top 121.8 24.9 25.0 1.00 1.00 24.9 25.0 29.7 0.0 2.5
F27. Comb7-1 Bottom 132.6 30.4 39.7 1.00 1.00 30.4 39.7 38.1 0.0 2.0
F27. Comb8-1 Top 115.0 26.3 0.3 1.00 1.00 26.3 9.6 28.2 0.0 2.5
F27. Comb8-1 Bottom 125.8 31.4 48.4 1.00 1.00 31.4 48.4 40.8 0.0 1.8
F27. Comb9-1 Top 134.8 27.0 54.6 1.00 1.00 27.0 54.6 37.6 0.0 2.0
F27. Comb9-1 Bottom 145.6 33.6 30.0 1.00 1.00 33.6 30.0 39.4 0.0 2.0

3. Wall W9-28 (28th floor)
2.1. DESIGN DATA

2.1.1 Materials
working
condition
Gross length 3.2 m
2
Ac = 12500 cm Section condition: ꙋb5 = 1
Rebar arrangement
Diameter d = 18 mm Total 52 thanh

xy/h Nu Mu
0 -483.0 0.0
0.05 -255.4 268.6
0.1 -47.0 482.9
0.2 363.0 813.4
0.3 774.6 1024.1
0.4 1186.3 1113.3
0.5 1598.3 1080.0
0.6 1986.5 961.0
0.7 2330.6 799.7
0.8 2647.4 588.5
0.9 2946.1 323.1
1 3231.7 1.6


3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
Nu (T)
1000
500
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-500
-1000
Mu (Tm)

xx/h Nu Mu
0 -483.0 0.0
0.05 -147.1 74.5
0.1 256.4 159.9
0.2 531.4 208.0
0.3 818.5 242.4
0.4 1108.3 263.0
0.5 1464.8 254.5
0.6 1877.3 218.9
0.7 2249.5 177.8
0.8 2597.4 128.0
0.9 2929.2 68.0
1 3233.0 0.0


3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
Nu (T)
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-500
-1000
Mu (Tm)


LOC ETABS DATA
(m)
F28. Comb1 Top 64.1 77.9 80.1 1.00 1.00 77.9 80.1 93.7 0.0 1.3
F28. Comb1 Bottom 74.9 51.6 43.6 1.00 1.00 51.6 43.6 60.2 0.0 2.0
F28. Comb2 Top 66.5 76.0 114.3 1.00 1.00 76.0 114.3 98.5 0.0 1.2
F28. Comb2 Bottom 77.3 48.4 27.3 1.00 1.00 48.4 27.3 53.8 0.0 2.3
F28. Comb3 Top 63.4 83.3 85.0 1.00 1.00 83.3 85.0 100.1 0.0 1.2
F28. Comb3 Bottom 74.2 54.8 37.9 1.00 1.00 54.8 37.9 62.2 0.0 2.0
F28. Comb4 Top 68.4 84.8 112.0 1.00 1.00 84.8 112.0 106.8 0.0 1.1
F28. Comb4 Bottom 79.2 54.6 30.3 1.00 1.00 54.6 30.3 60.6 0.0 2.0
F28. Comb5 Top 54.4 72.6 49.5 1.00 1.00 72.6 49.5 82.4 0.0 1.4
F28. Comb5 Bottom 65.2 48.9 45.5 1.00 1.00 48.9 45.5 57.8 0.0 2.1
F28. Comb6 Top 72.3 84.6 118.7 1.00 1.00 84.6 118.7 107.9 0.0 1.1
F28. Comb6 Bottom 83.1 54.5 33.4 1.00 1.00 54.5 33.4 61.1 0.0 2.0
F28. Comb7 Top 69.5 91.2 92.3 1.00 1.00 91.2 92.3 109.4 0.0 1.1
F28. Comb7 Bottom 80.3 60.2 42.9 1.00 1.00 60.2 42.9 68.7 0.0 1.8
F28. Comb8 Top 74.0 92.5 116.6 1.00 1.00 92.5 116.6 115.5 0.0 1.1

F28. Comb8 Bottom 84.8 60.1 36.1 1.00 1.00 60.1 36.1 67.2 0.0 1.8
F28. Comb9 Top 61.4 81.5 60.4 1.00 1.00 81.5 60.4 93.4 0.0 1.3
F28. Comb9 Bottom 72.2 54.9 49.8 1.00 1.00 54.9 49.8 64.7 0.0 1.9
F28. Comb2-1 Top 46.7 58.7 26.3 1.00 1.00 58.7 26.3 63.9 0.0 1.8
F28. Comb2-1 Bottom 57.5 40.3 48.7 1.00 1.00 40.3 48.7 49.9 0.0 2.4
F28. Comb3-1 Top 49.8 51.4 55.6 1.00 1.00 51.4 55.6 62.4 0.0 1.9
F28. Comb3-1 Bottom 60.6 34.0 38.1 1.00 1.00 34.0 38.1 41.5 0.0 2.9
F28. Comb4-1 Top 44.8 49.9 28.6 1.00 1.00 49.9 28.6 55.6 0.0 2.1
F28. Comb4-1 Bottom 55.5 34.1 45.6 1.00 1.00 34.1 45.6 43.1 0.0 2.7
F28. Comb5-1 Top 58.8 62.1 91.1 1.00 1.00 62.1 91.1 80.1 0.0 1.5
F28. Comb5-1 Bottom 69.6 39.8 30.5 1.00 1.00 39.8 30.5 45.8 0.0 2.6
F28. Comb6-1 Top 54.5 69.1 39.5 1.00 1.00 69.1 39.5 76.9 0.0 1.5
F28. Comb6-1 Bottom 65.3 47.2 52.6 1.00 1.00 47.2 52.6 57.6 0.0 2.1
F28. Comb7-1 Top 57.3 62.5 65.9 1.00 1.00 62.5 65.9 75.5 0.0 1.6
F28. Comb7-1 Bottom 68.1 41.5 43.1 1.00 1.00 41.5 43.1 50.0 0.0 2.4
F28. Comb8-1 Top 52.7 61.1 41.6 1.00 1.00 61.1 41.6 69.3 0.0 1.7
F28. Comb8-1 Bottom 63.5 41.6 49.9 1.00 1.00 41.6 49.9 51.5 0.0 2.3
F28. Comb9-1 Top 65.4 72.1 97.8 1.00 1.00 72.1 97.8 91.4 0.0 1.3
F28. Comb9-1 Bottom 76.2 46.8 36.3 1.00 1.00 46.8 36.3 53.9 0.0 2.3
4. Wall W1-10 to W8-10 (1st floor to 8th floor)
4.1. DESIGN DATA

4.1.1
Materials
Reinforcemen
t Concrete
working
condition
Gross length 4.8 m
Working condition
Geometric properties factor

Section
2
Ac = 13750 cm condition: ꙋb5 = 1
Rebar arrangement
than
Diameter d = 20 mm Total 28 h
8796.
Num. of bar/bot edge 3 bars Reinf. area As = 5 mm2

xy/h Nu Mu
0 -321.1 0.0
0.05 -97.8 266.2
0.1 106.0 477.8
0.2 489.6 796.0
0.3 876.1 1008.6
0.4 1262.9 1113.5
0.5 1650.9 1109.0
0.6 2030.8 1010.1
0.7 2381.0 854.4
0.8 2712.9 636.4
0.9 3032.8 352.9
1 3344.5 2.0


4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
Nu (T)
1500
1000
500
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-500
-1000
Mu (Tm)

xx/h Nu Mu
0 -321.1 0.0
0.05 -12.5 76.5
0.1 279.6 144.9
0.2 582.1 203.2
0.3 899.5 244.8
0.4 1220.2 269.7
0.5 1577.3 267.8
0.6 1969.4 238.8
0.7 2334.7 199.1
0.8 2684.3 146.4
0.9 3023.4 79.6
1 3346.1 0.0


4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
Nu (T)
1500
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
-500
-1000
Mu (Tm)


LOC ETABS DATA
(m)
F1. Comb1 Top 2778.7 1.7 19.3 1.00 1.00 50.9 231.6 0.0 326.6 1.8
F1. Comb1 Bottom 2798.3 0.9 16.1 1.00 1.00 51.3 233.2 0.0 328.0 1.7
F1. Comb2 Top 2387.0 29.0 17.0 1.00 1.00 43.8 198.9 0.0 297.1 2.9
F1. Comb2 Bottom 2406.6 38.0 19.7 1.00 1.00 44.1 200.5 0.0 298.7 2.8
F1. Comb3 Top 2650.9 1.3 36.3 1.00 1.00 48.6 220.9 0.0 317.6 2.1
F1. Comb3 Bottom 2670.4 0.6 230.1 1.00 1.00 49.0 230.1 0.0 326.6 2.0
F1. Comb4 Top 2590.0 21.7 18.2 1.00 1.00 47.5 215.8 0.0 313.1 2.3
F1. Comb4 Bottom 2609.6 27.6 172.2 1.00 1.00 47.8 217.5 0.0 314.6 2.2
F1. Comb5 Top 2537.0 20.3 27.2 1.00 1.00 46.5 211.4 0.0 309.1 2.4
F1. Comb5 Bottom 2556.6 26.9 161.6 1.00 1.00 46.9 213.0 0.0 310.6 2.4
F1. Comb6 Top 2769.4 25.1 24.2 1.00 1.00 50.8 230.8 0.0 326.0 1.8
F1. Comb6 Bottom 2789.0 33.7 22.5 1.00 1.00 51.1 232.4 0.0 327.3 1.7
F1. Comb7 Top 3006.9 0.1 23.7 1.00 1.00 55.1 250.6 0.0 341.3 1.1
F1. Comb7 Bottom 3026.4 0.0 211.8 1.00 1.00 55.5 252.2 0.0 342.5 1.0
F1. Comb8 Top 2952.1 18.5 7.4 1.00 1.00 54.1 246.0 0.0 338.0 1.3

F1. Comb8 Bottom 2971.7 24.3 159.8 1.00 1.00 54.5 247.6 0.0 339.2 1.2
F1. Comb9 Top 2904.4 19.3 15.6 1.00 1.00 53.2 242.0 0.0 335.0 1.4
F1. Comb9 Bottom 2924.0 24.8 150.2 1.00 1.00 53.6 243.7 0.0 336.2 1.3
F1. Comb2-1 Top 2312.4 30.2 4.2 1.00 1.00 42.4 192.7 0.0 290.9 3.0
F1. Comb2-1 Bottom 2331.9 38.7 4.7 1.00 1.00 42.8 194.3 0.0 292.5 3.0
F1. Comb3-1 Top 2048.5 2.4 57.5 1.00 1.00 37.6 170.7 0.0 267.3 3.7
F1. Comb3-1 Bottom 2068.1 1.3 205.7 1.00 1.00 37.9 205.7 0.0 302.5 3.3
F1. Comb4-1 Top 2109.4 22.9 39.4 1.00 1.00 38.7 175.8 0.0 272.9 3.6
F1. Comb4-1 Bottom 2128.9 28.3 147.9 1.00 1.00 39.0 177.4 0.0 274.7 3.5
F1. Comb5-1 Top 2162.4 19.1 48.4 1.00 1.00 39.6 180.2 0.0 277.8 3.4
F1. Comb5-1 Bottom 2181.9 26.2 137.2 1.00 1.00 40.0 181.8 0.0 279.5 3.4
F1. Comb6-1 Top 2702.2 28.2 12.7 1.00 1.00 49.5 225.2 0.0 321.3 2.0
F1. Comb6-1 Bottom 2721.8 35.4 9.0 1.00 1.00 49.9 226.8 0.0 322.7 1.9
F1. Comb7-1 Top 2464.8 3.2 60.7 1.00 1.00 45.2 205.4 0.0 303.4 2.6
F1. Comb7-1 Bottom 2484.4 1.7 180.4 1.00 1.00 45.5 207.0 0.0 305.0 2.6
F1. Comb8-1 Top 2519.5 21.6 44.4 1.00 1.00 46.2 210.0 0.0 307.7 2.5
F1. Comb8-1 Bottom 2539.1 26.0 128.3 1.00 1.00 46.6 211.6 0.0 309.2 2.4
F1. Comb9-1 Top 2567.3 16.2 52.5 1.00 1.00 47.1 213.9 0.0 311.4 2.4
F1. Comb9-1 Bottom 2586.8 23.1 118.7 1.00 1.00 47.4 215.6 0.0 312.9 2.3
F2. Comb1 Top 2624.6 4.0 47.7 1.00 1.00 48.1 218.7 0.0 315.7 2.2
F2. Comb1 Bottom 2640.7 3.6 53.2 1.00 1.00 48.4 220.1 0.0 316.9 2.2
F2. Comb2 Top 2284.8 38.8 28.7 1.00 1.00 41.9 190.4 0.0 288.5 3.1
F2. Comb2 Bottom 2301.0 65.1 42.3 1.00 1.00 65.1 191.7 86.7 0.0 2.3
F2. Comb3 Top 2536.7 0.2 18.0 1.00 1.00 46.5 211.4 0.0 309.0 2.4
F2. Comb3 Bottom 2552.9 1.2 99.4 1.00 1.00 46.8 212.7 0.0 310.3 2.4
F2. Comb4 Top 2483.8 28.5 3.8 1.00 1.00 45.5 207.0 0.0 304.9 2.6
F2. Comb4 Bottom 2499.9 47.8 86.0 1.00 1.00 47.8 208.3 69.3 0.0 2.5
F2. Comb5 Top 2415.9 29.4 6.2 1.00 1.00 44.3 201.3 0.0 299.5 2.8
F2. Comb5 Bottom 2432.1 47.0 75.3 1.00 1.00 47.0 202.7 68.6 0.0 2.7
F2. Comb6 Top 2628.8 32.8 47.1 1.00 1.00 48.2 219.1 0.0 316.0 2.2
F2. Comb6 Bottom 2645.0 56.6 58.2 1.00 1.00 56.6 220.4 77.9 0.0 2.0
F2. Comb7 Top 2855.6 1.9 5.1 1.00 1.00 52.4 238.0 0.0 331.8 1.5
F2. Comb7 Bottom 2871.7 0.9 109.5 1.00 1.00 52.6 239.3 0.0 332.9 1.5
F2. Comb8 Top 2807.9 23.6 17.9 1.00 1.00 51.5 234.0 0.0 328.6 1.7
F2. Comb8 Bottom 2824.1 41.0 97.5 1.00 1.00 51.8 235.3 0.0 329.7 1.6
F2. Comb9 Top 2746.8 28.5 15.8 1.00 1.00 50.4 228.9 0.0 324.4 1.9
F2. Comb9 Bottom 2763.0 44.3 87.8 1.00 1.00 50.7 230.2 0.0 325.6 1.8
F2. Comb2-1 Top 2189.2 42.7 25.3 1.00 1.00 42.7 182.4 64.2 0.0 3.3
F2. Comb2-1 Bottom 2205.4 68.3 27.2 1.00 1.00 68.3 183.8 89.8 0.0 2.4
F2. Comb3-1 Top 1937.3 4.1 72.0 1.00 1.00 35.5 161.4 0.0 256.5 4.0
F2. Comb3-1 Bottom 1953.5 4.4 29.9 1.00 1.00 35.8 162.8 0.0 258.1 4.0

F2. Comb4-1 Top 1990.3 32.4 57.7 1.00 1.00 36.5 165.9 0.0 261.7 3.9
F2. Comb4-1 Bottom 2006.5 51.0 16.5 1.00 1.00 51.0 167.2 72.1 0.0 3.3
F2. Comb5-1 Top 2058.1 25.4 60.1 1.00 1.00 37.7 171.5 0.0 268.2 3.7
F2. Comb5-1 Bottom 2074.3 43.8 5.8 1.00 1.00 43.8 172.9 65.1 0.0 3.5
F2. Comb6-1 Top 2542.8 40.5 44.1 1.00 1.00 46.6 211.9 0.0 309.5 2.4
F2. Comb6-1 Bottom 2559.0 63.5 44.6 1.00 1.00 63.5 213.2 84.9 0.0 1.9
F2. Comb7-1 Top 2316.0 5.8 86.1 1.00 1.00 42.5 193.0 0.0 291.2 3.0
F2. Comb7-1 Bottom 2332.2 6.0 6.8 1.00 1.00 42.8 194.4 0.0 292.6 3.0
F2. Comb8-1 Top 2363.7 31.2 73.3 1.00 1.00 43.3 197.0 0.0 295.2 2.9
F2. Comb8-1 Bottom 2379.9 47.9 5.2 1.00 1.00 47.9 198.3 69.5 0.0 2.8
F2. Comb9-1 Top 2424.8 20.8 75.5 1.00 1.00 44.5 202.1 0.0 300.2 2.8
F2. Comb9-1 Bottom 2441.0 37.4 14.9 1.00 1.00 44.8 203.4 0.0 301.5 2.7
F6. Comb1 Top 2131.8 0.1 49.2 1.00 1.00 39.1 177.7 0.0 275.0 3.5
F6. Comb1 Bottom 2146.0 0.7 59.7 1.00 1.00 39.3 178.8 0.0 276.3 3.5
F6. Comb2 Top 1918.9 67.2 34.2 1.00 1.00 67.2 159.9 88.1 0.0 2.8
F6. Comb2 Bottom 1933.0 68.9 40.8 1.00 1.00 68.9 161.1 89.8 0.0 2.7
F6. Comb3 Top 2150.9 3.6 34.5 1.00 1.00 39.4 179.2 0.0 276.7 3.5
F6. Comb3 Bottom 2165.1 4.0 85.8 1.00 1.00 39.7 180.4 0.0 278.0 3.4
F6. Comb4 Top 2104.1 49.6 37.9 1.00 1.00 49.6 175.3 71.0 0.0 3.2
F6. Comb4 Bottom 2118.3 51.4 74.9 1.00 1.00 51.4 176.5 72.8 0.0 3.1
F6. Comb5 Top 2034.9 43.6 26.1 1.00 1.00 43.6 169.6 64.8 0.0 3.6
F6. Comb5 Bottom 2049.1 45.2 67.8 1.00 1.00 45.2 170.8 66.5 0.0 3.5
F6. Comb6 Top 2149.5 59.2 54.4 1.00 1.00 59.2 179.1 80.7 0.0 2.7
F6. Comb6 Bottom 2163.7 60.7 61.8 1.00 1.00 60.7 180.3 82.2 0.0 2.6
F6. Comb7 Top 2358.4 2.0 54.7 1.00 1.00 43.2 196.5 0.0 294.8 2.9
F6. Comb7 Bottom 2372.5 2.3 102.3 1.00 1.00 43.5 197.7 0.0 295.9 2.9
F6. Comb8 Top 2316.2 43.4 57.7 1.00 1.00 43.4 193.0 65.0 0.0 3.1
F6. Comb8 Bottom 2330.4 44.9 92.5 1.00 1.00 44.9 194.2 66.6 0.0 3.0
F6. Comb9 Top 2253.9 40.5 47.1 1.00 1.00 41.3 187.8 0.0 285.9 3.2
F6. Comb9 Bottom 2268.1 42.0 86.1 1.00 1.00 42.0 189.0 63.6 0.0 3.2
F6. Comb2-1 Top 1821.4 64.2 17.5 1.00 1.00 64.2 151.8 84.7 0.0 2.9
F6. Comb2-1 Bottom 1835.6 67.2 30.8 1.00 1.00 67.2 153.0 87.7 0.0 2.8
F6. Comb3-1 Top 1589.3 0.6 17.2 1.00 1.00 29.1 132.4 0.0 220.2 5.0
F6. Comb3-1 Bottom 1603.5 2.3 14.3 1.00 1.00 29.4 133.6 0.0 221.8 5.0
F6. Comb4-1 Top 1636.2 46.6 13.8 1.00 1.00 46.6 136.3 66.2 0.0 4.0
F6. Comb4-1 Bottom 1650.3 49.7 3.3 1.00 1.00 49.7 137.5 69.3 0.0 3.8
F6. Comb5-1 Top 1705.4 46.6 25.6 1.00 1.00 46.6 142.1 66.6 0.0 3.9
F6. Comb5-1 Bottom 1719.5 47.0 3.8 1.00 1.00 47.0 143.3 67.0 0.0 3.8
F6. Comb6-1 Top 2061.8 59.0 39.3 1.00 1.00 59.0 171.8 80.3 0.0 2.8
F6. Comb6-1 Bottom 2076.0 61.8 52.8 1.00 1.00 61.8 173.0 83.1 0.0 2.7
F6. Comb7-1 Top 1852.9 1.8 39.0 1.00 1.00 34.0 154.4 0.0 248.1 4.3

F6. Comb7-1 Bottom 1867.1 3.3 12.2 1.00 1.00 34.2 155.6 0.0 249.6 4.2
F6. Comb8-1 Top 1895.1 43.2 36.0 1.00 1.00 43.2 157.9 64.0 0.0 3.8
F6. Comb8-1 Bottom 1909.2 46.0 22.1 1.00 1.00 46.0 159.1 66.8 0.0 3.6
F6. Comb9-1 Top 1957.3 40.7 46.6 1.00 1.00 40.7 163.1 61.7 0.0 3.9
F6. Comb9-1 Bottom 1971.5 41.0 28.5 1.00 1.00 41.0 164.3 62.0 0.0 3.8
F8. Comb1 Top 1933.2 1.6 23.0 1.00 1.00 35.4 161.1 0.0 256.1 4.0
F8. Comb1 Bottom 1945.3 1.5 29.6 1.00 1.00 35.7 162.1 0.0 257.3 4.0
F8. Comb2 Top 1767.6 50.6 18.9 1.00 1.00 50.6 147.3 70.9 0.0 3.6
F8. Comb2 Bottom 1779.8 50.8 23.8 1.00 1.00 50.8 148.3 71.2 0.0 3.6
F8. Comb3 Top 1988.4 7.5 13.3 1.00 1.00 36.5 165.7 0.0 261.5 3.9
F8. Comb3 Bottom 2000.6 7.7 43.0 1.00 1.00 36.7 166.7 0.0 262.7 3.9
F8. Comb4 Top 1945.7 40.6 16.6 1.00 1.00 40.6 162.1 61.5 0.0 3.9
F8. Comb4 Bottom 1957.8 41.0 38.4 1.00 1.00 41.0 163.2 62.0 0.0 3.9
F8. Comb5 Top 1873.7 29.1 10.8 1.00 1.00 34.4 156.1 0.0 250.2 4.2
F8. Comb5 Bottom 1885.8 29.3 35.3 1.00 1.00 34.6 157.2 0.0 251.4 4.2
F8. Comb6 Top 1957.2 45.8 25.8 1.00 1.00 45.8 163.1 66.8 0.0 3.6
F8. Comb6 Bottom 1969.4 46.0 30.8 1.00 1.00 46.0 164.1 67.1 0.0 3.6
F8. Comb7 Top 2156.0 6.9 20.7 1.00 1.00 39.5 179.7 0.0 277.2 3.4
F8. Comb7 Bottom 2168.1 7.2 48.1 1.00 1.00 39.7 180.7 0.0 278.3 3.4
F8. Comb8 Top 2117.5 36.7 23.7 1.00 1.00 38.8 176.5 0.0 273.7 3.6
F8. Comb8 Bottom 2129.6 37.1 43.9 1.00 1.00 39.0 177.5 0.0 274.8 3.5
F8. Comb9 Top 2052.7 26.0 18.6 1.00 1.00 37.6 171.1 0.0 267.6 3.7
F8. Comb9 Bottom 2064.8 26.1 41.1 1.00 1.00 37.9 172.1 0.0 268.8 3.7
F8. Comb2-1 Top 1666.2 47.6 10.8 1.00 1.00 47.6 138.8 67.3 0.0 3.9
F8. Comb2-1 Bottom 1678.3 48.1 19.4 1.00 1.00 48.1 139.9 67.9 0.0 3.8
F8. Comb3-1 Top 1445.4 4.4 16.5 1.00 1.00 26.5 120.4 0.0 204.0 5.4
F8. Comb3-1 Bottom 1457.5 4.9 0.2 1.00 1.00 26.7 121.5 0.0 205.4 5.4
F8. Comb4-1 Top 1488.1 37.5 13.1 1.00 1.00 37.5 124.0 56.2 0.0 4.8
F8. Comb4-1 Bottom 1500.2 38.2 4.9 1.00 1.00 38.2 125.0 57.0 0.0 4.7
F8. Comb5-1 Top 1560.1 32.2 18.9 1.00 1.00 32.2 130.0 51.3 0.0 5.2
F8. Comb5-1 Bottom 1572.3 32.0 8.0 1.00 1.00 32.0 131.0 51.2 0.0 5.2
F8. Comb6-1 Top 1865.9 42.6 18.5 1.00 1.00 42.6 155.5 63.3 0.0 3.9
F8. Comb6-1 Bottom 1878.1 43.0 26.9 1.00 1.00 43.0 156.5 63.8 0.0 3.9
F8. Comb7-1 Top 1667.2 3.8 23.6 1.00 1.00 30.6 138.9 0.0 228.7 4.8
F8. Comb7-1 Bottom 1679.3 4.2 9.6 1.00 1.00 30.8 139.9 0.0 230.0 4.8
F8. Comb8-1 Top 1705.6 33.6 20.6 1.00 1.00 33.6 142.1 53.5 0.0 4.8
F8. Comb8-1 Bottom 1717.8 34.1 13.8 1.00 1.00 34.1 143.1 54.2 0.0 4.8
F8. Comb9-1 Top 1770.5 29.2 25.8 1.00 1.00 32.5 147.5 0.0 239.7 4.5
F8. Comb9-1 Bottom 1782.6 29.1 16.6 1.00 1.00 32.7 148.6 0.0 240.9 4.5
5. Wall W9-10 to W31-10 (from 9th floor to roof floor)

5.1. DESIGN DATA

5.1.1
Materials
Reinforcemen
t Concrete
MP
Rs = 365 a Rb = 22 MPa (Included
MP working
Rsc = 365 a Rbt = 1.4 MPa condition
20000 MP factor)
Es = 0 a Eb = 36000 MPa
Gross length 3.2 m
5.1.3. Cross section
parameters
Working condition
Geometric properties factor
Section
Ac = 12500 cm2 condition: ꙋb5 = 1
Rebar arrangement
than
Diameter d = 16 mm Total 28 h
bar
Num. of bar/top edge 3 s Concrete cover C0 = 30 mm
bar 5629.
Num. of bar/bot edge 3 s Reinf. area As = 7 mm2
bar
Num. of bar/ left edge 13 s Content μ% = 0.45 %
bar
Num. of bar/ right edge 13 s

xy/h Nu Mu
0 -205.5 0.0
0.05 -21.5 219.1
0.1 149.6 397.8

0.2 476.3 672.5

0.3 804.9 859.4
0.4 1133.8 957.1
0.5 1463.4 964.5
0.6 1787.9 890.9
0.7 2093.5 760.7
0.8 2387.4 570.2
0.9 2673.6 317.5
1 2954.4 1.3
3500
3000
2500
2000
Nu (T)
1500
1000
500
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
-500
Mu (Tm)

xx/h Nu Mu
0 -205.5 0.0
0.05 20.8 51.5
0.1 260.3 102.3
0.2 535.3 150.5
0.3 819.9 184.8
0.4 1106.5 205.5
0.5 1417.7 206.2
0.6 1749.8 187.4
0.7 2064.9 158.3
0.8 2369.9 117.5
0.9 2668.2 64.5
1 2955.5 0.0


3500
3000
2500
2000
Nu (T)
1500
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
-500
Mu (Tm)


LOC ETABS DATA
(m)
F9. Comb1 Top 1776.1 1.7 42.3 1.00 1.00 29.6 148.0 0.0 234.7 3.8
F9. Comb1 Bottom 1788.2 1.6 49.8 1.00 1.00 29.8 149.0 0.0 235.9 3.8
F9. Comb2 Top 1643.2 44.4 45.5 1.00 1.00 44.4 136.9 61.3 0.0 3.2
F9. Comb2 Bottom 1655.4 48.5 47.4 1.00 1.00 48.5 137.9 65.4 0.0 2.9
F9. Comb3 Top 1853.8 5.0 63.8 1.00 1.00 30.9 154.5 0.0 242.2 3.6
F9. Comb3 Bottom 1866.0 8.3 74.8 1.00 1.00 31.1 155.5 0.0 243.3 3.5
F9. Comb4 Top 1815.8 35.7 62.9 1.00 1.00 35.7 151.3 53.2 0.0 3.4
F9. Comb4 Bottom 1827.9 39.7 70.6 1.00 1.00 39.7 152.3 57.2 0.0 3.2
F9. Comb5 Top 1737.9 29.5 47.9 1.00 1.00 29.5 144.8 46.7 0.0 4.0
F9. Comb5 Bottom 1750.1 27.0 58.0 1.00 1.00 29.2 145.8 0.0 232.1 3.9
F9. Comb6 Top 1806.7 39.7 51.1 1.00 1.00 39.7 150.6 57.1 0.0 3.2
F9. Comb6 Bottom 1818.8 43.9 56.6 1.00 1.00 43.9 151.6 61.3 0.0 3.0
F9. Comb7 Top 1996.2 4.3 67.5 1.00 1.00 33.3 166.4 0.0 255.2 3.1
F9. Comb7 Bottom 2008.4 7.7 81.3 1.00 1.00 33.5 167.4 0.0 256.3 3.1
F9. Comb8 Top 1962.0 31.9 66.7 1.00 1.00 32.7 163.5 0.0 252.2 3.2

F9. Comb8 Bottom 1974.1 35.9 77.5 1.00 1.00 35.9 164.5 53.7 0.0 3.1
F9. Comb9 Top 1891.9 26.8 53.2 1.00 1.00 31.5 157.7 0.0 245.7 3.4
F9. Comb9 Bottom 1904.1 24.1 66.2 1.00 1.00 31.7 158.7 0.0 246.9 3.4
F9. Comb2-1 Top 1533.5 47.6 24.4 1.00 1.00 47.6 127.8 64.0 0.0 3.1
F9. Comb2-1 Bottom 1545.7 45.5 29.7 1.00 1.00 45.5 128.8 62.0 0.0 3.2
F9. Comb3-1 Top 1322.9 8.2 6.2 1.00 1.00 22.0 110.2 0.0 186.5 5.2
F9. Comb3-1 Bottom 1335.1 5.3 2.3 1.00 1.00 22.3 111.3 0.0 187.9 5.1
F9. Comb4-1 Top 1361.0 38.9 7.1 1.00 1.00 38.9 113.4 54.4 0.0 3.8
F9. Comb4-1 Bottom 1373.1 36.7 6.5 1.00 1.00 36.7 114.4 52.2 0.0 3.9
F9. Comb5-1 Top 1438.8 26.3 22.0 1.00 1.00 26.3 119.9 42.3 0.0 4.8
F9. Comb5-1 Bottom 1451.0 30.0 19.1 1.00 1.00 30.0 120.9 46.0 0.0 4.4
F9. Comb6-1 Top 1708.0 43.0 32.1 1.00 1.00 43.0 142.3 60.2 0.0 3.2
F9. Comb6-1 Bottom 1720.1 40.7 40.7 1.00 1.00 40.7 143.3 57.9 0.0 3.3
F9. Comb7-1 Top 1518.4 7.6 15.7 1.00 1.00 25.3 126.5 0.0 208.2 4.6
F9. Comb7-1 Bottom 1530.5 4.5 16.0 1.00 1.00 25.5 127.5 0.0 209.6 4.5
F9. Comb8-1 Top 1552.6 35.3 16.5 1.00 1.00 35.3 129.4 51.8 0.0 3.8
F9. Comb8-1 Bottom 1564.8 32.8 19.8 1.00 1.00 32.8 130.4 49.3 0.0 4.0
F9. Comb9-1 Top 1622.7 23.5 29.9 1.00 1.00 27.0 135.2 0.0 219.3 4.2
F9. Comb9-1 Bottom 1634.9 27.2 31.1 1.00 1.00 27.2 136.2 0.0 220.5 4.2
F17. Comb1 Top 1083.8 2.9 14.5 1.00 1.00 18.1 90.3 0.0 157.8 6.0
F17. Comb1 Bottom 1094.6 3.1 13.7 1.00 1.00 18.2 91.2 0.0 159.1 5.9
F17. Comb2 Top 1013.7 33.3 22.1 1.00 1.00 33.3 84.5 46.2 0.0 4.3
F17. Comb2 Bottom 1024.5 30.4 21.1 1.00 1.00 30.4 85.4 43.4 0.0 4.6
F17. Comb3 Top 1132.3 4.5 47.7 1.00 1.00 18.9 94.4 0.0 163.8 5.8
F17. Comb3 Bottom 1143.1 3.8 43.0 1.00 1.00 19.1 95.3 0.0 165.1 5.8
F17. Comb4 Top 1116.7 27.9 45.4 1.00 1.00 27.9 93.1 41.7 0.0 4.9
F17. Comb4 Bottom 1127.5 25.5 41.6 1.00 1.00 25.5 94.0 39.4 0.0 5.2
F17. Comb5 Top 1053.1 23.2 28.1 1.00 1.00 23.2 87.8 36.4 0.0 5.5
F17. Comb5 Bottom 1063.9 21.8 24.8 1.00 1.00 21.8 88.7 35.2 0.0 5.8
F17. Comb6 Top 1112.6 29.5 25.0 1.00 1.00 29.5 92.7 43.3 0.0 4.8
F17. Comb6 Bottom 1123.4 26.9 23.9 1.00 1.00 26.9 93.6 40.7 0.0 5.0
F17. Comb7 Top 1219.4 3.6 48.1 1.00 1.00 20.3 101.6 0.0 174.3 5.5
F17. Comb7 Bottom 1230.2 3.0 43.6 1.00 1.00 20.5 102.5 0.0 175.6 5.5
F17. Comb8 Top 1205.4 24.7 46.0 1.00 1.00 24.7 100.4 39.2 0.0 5.3
F17. Comb8 Bottom 1216.2 22.5 42.4 1.00 1.00 22.5 101.3 37.0 0.0 5.6
F17. Comb9 Top 1148.1 21.3 30.4 1.00 1.00 21.3 95.7 35.3 0.0 5.8
F17. Comb9 Bottom 1158.9 20.1 27.3 1.00 1.00 20.1 96.6 34.2 0.0 6.0
F17. Comb2-1 Top 924.1 38.7 2.2 1.00 1.00 38.7 77.0 50.8 0.0 3.8
F17. Comb2-1 Bottom 934.9 36.3 2.6 1.00 1.00 36.3 77.9 48.5 0.0 4.0
F17. Comb3-1 Top 805.4 9.9 27.8 1.00 1.00 13.4 67.1 0.0 121.6 7.1
F17. Comb3-1 Bottom 816.2 9.7 24.5 1.00 1.00 13.6 68.0 0.0 123.1 7.0

F17. Comb4-1 Top 821.0 33.3 25.5 1.00 1.00 33.3 68.4 44.4 0.0 4.2
F17. Comb4-1 Bottom 831.8 31.4 23.1 1.00 1.00 31.4 69.3 42.6 0.0 4.4
F17. Comb5-1 Top 884.6 17.7 8.3 1.00 1.00 17.7 73.7 29.5 0.0 6.4
F17. Comb5-1 Bottom 895.4 16.0 6.3 1.00 1.00 16.0 74.6 27.8 0.0 6.9
F17. Comb6-1 Top 1032.0 35.2 3.1 1.00 1.00 35.2 86.0 48.3 0.0 4.1
F17. Comb6-1 Bottom 1042.8 33.1 2.6 1.00 1.00 33.1 86.9 46.3 0.0 4.3
F17. Comb7-1 Top 925.2 9.3 19.9 1.00 1.00 15.4 77.1 0.0 137.6 6.5
F17. Comb7-1 Bottom 936.0 9.2 17.1 1.00 1.00 15.6 78.0 0.0 139.0 6.5
F17. Comb8-1 Top 939.2 30.4 17.8 1.00 1.00 30.4 78.3 42.7 0.0 4.5
F17. Comb8-1 Bottom 950.0 28.7 15.8 1.00 1.00 28.7 79.2 41.1 0.0 4.7
F17. Comb9-1 Top 996.5 15.6 2.3 1.00 1.00 16.6 83.0 0.0 146.8 6.2
F17. Comb9-1 Bottom 1007.3 13.9 0.8 1.00 1.00 16.8 83.9 0.0 148.2 6.2
F22. Comb1 Top 669.0 2.4 10.7 1.00 1.00 11.1 55.7 0.0 102.8 7.6
F22. Comb1 Bottom 679.8 2.6 10.0 1.00 1.00 11.3 56.6 0.0 104.3 7.6
F22. Comb2 Top 632.7 27.2 18.2 1.00 1.00 27.2 52.7 36.2 0.0 4.5
F22. Comb2 Bottom 643.5 24.4 17.3 1.00 1.00 24.4 53.6 33.5 0.0 4.9
F22. Comb3 Top 701.4 4.2 45.5 1.00 1.00 11.7 58.5 0.0 107.3 7.5
F22. Comb3 Bottom 712.2 3.6 32.6 1.00 1.00 11.9 59.3 0.0 108.8 7.4
F22. Comb4 Top 696.0 23.2 42.5 1.00 1.00 23.2 58.0 33.0 0.0 5.2
F22. Comb4 Bottom 706.8 20.9 33.0 1.00 1.00 20.9 58.9 30.7 0.0 5.6
F22. Comb5 Top 646.8 18.7 25.8 1.00 1.00 18.7 53.9 27.8 0.0 5.9
F22. Comb5 Bottom 657.6 17.2 16.7 1.00 1.00 17.2 54.8 26.5 0.0 6.2
F22. Comb6 Top 693.1 24.2 20.8 1.00 1.00 24.2 57.8 33.8 0.0 5.0
F22. Comb6 Bottom 703.9 21.6 19.9 1.00 1.00 21.6 58.7 31.4 0.0 5.4
F22. Comb7 Top 754.9 3.4 45.4 1.00 1.00 12.6 62.9 0.0 114.7 7.2
F22. Comb7 Bottom 765.7 2.9 33.7 1.00 1.00 12.8 63.8 0.0 116.2 7.2
F22. Comb8 Top 750.1 20.6 42.8 1.00 1.00 20.6 62.5 30.9 0.0 5.7
F22. Comb8 Bottom 760.9 18.4 34.0 1.00 1.00 18.4 63.4 28.9 0.0 6.2
F22. Comb9 Top 705.8 17.1 27.7 1.00 1.00 17.1 58.8 27.0 0.0 6.3
F22. Comb9 Bottom 716.6 15.9 19.4 1.00 1.00 15.9 59.7 25.8 0.0 6.7
F22. Comb2-1 Top 563.4 31.8 5.4 1.00 1.00 31.8 46.9 40.0 0.0 3.9
F22. Comb2-1 Bottom 574.2 29.2 5.6 1.00 1.00 29.2 47.8 37.5 0.0 4.1
F22. Comb3-1 Top 494.7 8.7 32.7 1.00 1.00 8.7 41.2 16.0 0.0 8.9
F22. Comb3-1 Bottom 505.5 8.4 21.0 1.00 1.00 8.4 42.1 0.0 79.3 8.7
F22. Comb4-1 Top 500.0 27.8 29.7 1.00 1.00 27.8 41.7 35.2 0.0 4.1
F22. Comb4-1 Bottom 510.8 25.7 21.3 1.00 1.00 25.7 42.6 33.2 0.0 4.4
F22. Comb5-1 Top 549.2 14.1 13.0 1.00 1.00 14.1 45.8 22.1 0.0 6.9
F22. Comb5-1 Bottom 560.0 12.4 5.0 1.00 1.00 12.4 46.7 20.5 0.0 7.5
F22. Comb6-1 Top 630.7 29.0 0.3 1.00 1.00 29.0 52.6 37.9 0.0 4.3
F22. Comb6-1 Bottom 641.5 26.7 0.8 1.00 1.00 26.7 53.5 35.8 0.0 4.6
F22. Comb7-1 Top 568.9 8.2 24.9 1.00 1.00 9.5 47.4 0.0 88.5 8.2

F22. Comb7-1 Bottom 579.7 7.9 14.5 1.00 1.00 9.7 48.3 0.0 90.1 8.1
F22. Comb8-1 Top 573.7 25.4 22.3 1.00 1.00 25.4 47.8 33.7 0.0 4.6
F22. Comb8-1 Bottom 584.5 23.5 14.9 1.00 1.00 23.5 48.7 31.9 0.0 4.9
F22. Comb9-1 Top 618.0 12.3 7.2 1.00 1.00 12.3 51.5 21.2 0.0 7.6
F22. Comb9-1 Bottom 628.8 10.8 0.2 1.00 1.00 10.8 52.4 19.7 0.0 8.2
F28. Comb1 Top 181.3 11.7 3.0 1.00 1.00 11.7 15.1 14.6 0.0 5.8
TF. Comb1 Bottom 25.6 28.4 15.5 1.00 1.00 28.4 15.5 31.5 0.0 1.7
TF. Comb2 Top 20.6 43.1 4.1 1.00 1.00 43.1 4.1 43.9 0.0 1.2
TF. Comb2 Bottom 31.4 40.7 2.5 1.00 1.00 40.7 2.6 41.2 0.0 1.3
TF. Comb3 Top 19.9 23.8 13.6 1.00 1.00 23.8 13.6 26.6 0.0 1.9
TF. Comb3 Bottom 30.7 26.6 45.2 1.00 1.00 26.6 45.2 35.6 0.0 1.5
TF. Comb4 Top 23.0 37.5 13.9 1.00 1.00 37.5 13.9 40.3 0.0 1.3
TF. Comb4 Bottom 33.7 37.3 27.9 1.00 1.00 37.3 27.9 42.8 0.0 1.3
TF. Comb5 Top 13.5 10.1 4.3 1.00 1.00 10.1 4.3 11.0 0.0 4.5
TF. Comb5 Bottom 24.3 15.1 44.5 1.00 1.00 15.1 44.5 23.9 0.0 2.2
TF. Comb6 Top 20.7 43.2 7.5 1.00 1.00 43.2 7.5 44.7 0.0 1.2
TF. Comb6 Bottom 31.5 42.1 4.9 1.00 1.00 42.1 4.9 43.1 0.0 1.2
TF. Comb7 Top 20.1 25.9 8.4 1.00 1.00 25.9 8.4 27.5 0.0 1.9
TF. Comb7 Bottom 30.9 29.4 43.3 1.00 1.00 29.4 43.3 38.0 0.0 1.4
TF. Comb8 Top 22.8 38.2 8.6 1.00 1.00 38.2 8.6 39.9 0.0 1.3
TF. Comb8 Bottom 33.6 39.0 27.7 1.00 1.00 39.0 27.7 44.5 0.0 1.2
TF. Comb9 Top 14.3 13.5 7.8 1.00 1.00 13.5 7.8 15.1 0.0 3.3
TF. Comb9 Bottom 25.1 19.1 42.6 1.00 1.00 19.1 42.6 27.5 0.0 1.9
TF. Comb2-1 Top 7.3 4.5 29.7 1.00 1.00 4.5 29.7 0.0 52.3 4.8
TF. Comb2-1 Bottom 18.0 9.5 25.9 1.00 1.00 9.5 25.9 14.6 0.0 3.5
TF. Comb3-1 Top 7.9 23.8 47.5 1.00 1.00 23.8 47.5 33.3 0.0 1.5
TF. Comb3-1 Bottom 18.7 23.6 16.8 1.00 1.00 23.6 16.8 27.0 0.0 1.9
TF. Comb4-1 Top 4.9 10.1 47.7 1.00 1.00 10.1 47.7 19.6 0.0 2.4
TF. Comb4-1 Bottom 15.7 13.0 0.5 1.00 1.00 13.0 1.3 13.2 0.0 3.8
TF. Comb5-1 Top 14.4 37.5 29.5 1.00 1.00 37.5 29.5 43.4 0.0 1.2
TF. Comb5-1 Bottom 25.2 35.1 16.1 1.00 1.00 35.1 16.1 38.3 0.0 1.4
TF. Comb6-1 Top 8.7 8.5 30.6 1.00 1.00 8.5 30.6 14.6 0.0 3.3
TF. Comb6-1 Bottom 19.5 14.0 25.9 1.00 1.00 14.0 25.9 19.2 0.0 2.7
TF. Comb7-1 Top 9.3 25.8 46.6 1.00 1.00 25.8 46.6 35.1 0.0 1.4
TF. Comb7-1 Bottom 20.1 26.7 12.5 1.00 1.00 26.7 12.5 29.2 0.0 1.8
TF. Comb8-1 Top 6.6 13.5 46.8 1.00 1.00 13.5 46.8 22.8 0.0 2.1
TF. Comb8-1 Bottom 17.4 17.2 3.0 1.00 1.00 17.2 3.0 17.8 0.0 2.9
TF. Comb9-1 Top 15.1 38.2 30.4 1.00 1.00 38.2 30.4 44.2 0.0 1.1
TF. Comb9-1 Bottom 25.9 37.1 11.9 1.00 1.00 37.1 11.9 39.5 0.0 1.3

ANNEX D: Flexural reinforcement design of post-tensioned slab at ULS
CALCULATION
DESIGN STRIP SECTION TENDON REINFORCEMENT
Compressive zone Stress, strain in tendon Section design Mprov
Mreq CHECK
b h Ap dp Type 1 Type 2 As ds xmax xbal x fpb C T Mprov /Mre q
NO. LOC. mm mm n ɛ int ɛ
mm2 mm
Range F @ Range F @ mm2 mm kN.m mm mm mm MPa kN kN kN.m
L 2600 250 4 560 205 0 0 150 2600 10 300 680.68 205 -51.9 131.65 30.532 27.43 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 1044.06 1044.06 202.4 3.9 OK
SL-47 M 2600 250 4 560 205 0 0 150 2600 10 300 680.68 205 96.4 131.65 30.532 27.43 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 1044.06 1044.06 202.4 2.099 OK
R 2600 250 4 224 125 2600 14 300 2600 10 300 2014.8 205 -155 131.65 30.532 26.72 0.005 0.01603 1452.1739 1008.57 1008.57 169.8 1.098 OK
L 5275 250 8 448 125 5275 14 300 5275 10 300 4087.7 205 -318 131.65 30.532 26.63 0 0.01103 1452.1739 2036.85 2036.85 343.6 1.08 OK
SL-62 M 5275 250 8 1120 205 0 0 150 5275 10 300 1381 205 344 131.65 30.532 27.20 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 2094.77 2094.77 406.3 1.18 OK
R 5275 250 8 1120 125 0 0 150 5275 10 300 1381 205 -66.7 131.65 30.532 27.20 0.005 0.016 1452.1739 2094.77 2094.77 276.2 4.138 OK
L 3000 250 12 840 125 3000 14 300 3000 10 300 2324.8 205 -256 131.65 30.532 42.20 0 0.00687 1339.0113 1913.17 1913.17 268.6 1.049 OK
SL-61 M 3000 250 12 1680 205 0 0 150 3000 10 300 785.4 205 235 131.65 30.532 59.69 0.005 0.01352 1452.1739 2706.00 2706.00 487.5 2.074 OK
R 3000 450 12 1680 405 3000 16 300 3000 10 300 2796 405 -1233 260.09 60.319 74.73 0.005 0.02047 1452.1739 3387.87 3387.87 1266.8 1.027 OK
L 4950 250 8 560 125 4950 14 150 4950 10 300 6375.9 205 -436 131.65 30.532 39.78 0 0.0075 1452.1739 2975.47 2975.47 495.7 1.136 OK
M 4950 250 8 1120 205 0 0 150 4950 10 300 1295.9 205 337 131.65 30.532 28.25 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 2065.92 2065.92 399.6 1.185 OK
SL-60
R1 4950 250 8 1120 190 0 0 150 4950 10 300 1295.9 205 -175 131.65 30.532 28.25 0.005 0.0233 1452.1739 2065.92 2065.92 375.2 2.139 OK
R2 4950 250 8 1120 125 0 0 150 4950 10 300 1295.9 205 -93.8 131.65 30.532 28.25 0.005 0.01595 1452.1739 2065.92 2065.92 269.5 2.873 OK
L 3150 450 8 1120 405 3150 16 300 3150 10 300 2935.8 405 -868 260.09 60.319 56.22 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 2622.06 2622.06 1001.5 1.154 OK
SL-51 M 3150 250 8 1120 205 0 0 150 3150 10 300 824.67 205 219 131.65 30.532 40.04 0.005 0.01942 1452.1739 1906.10 1906.10 359.0 1.639 OK
R 3150 250 8 560 125 3150 14 150 3150 10 300 4057.4 405 -251 260.09 60.319 43.79 0 0.0045 876.81256 1866.99 1866.99 586.9 2.34 OK
L 3000 450 15 2100 405 3000 16 300 3000 10 300 2796 205 -1200 131.65 30.532 88.19 0.005 0.01757 1452.1739 3997.78 3997.78 1282.8 1.069 OK
SL-149
M 3000 250 15 2100 205 0 0 150 3000 10 300 785.4 205 212 131.65 30.532 73.15 0.005 0.01131 1452.1739 3315.92 3315.92 578.9 2.728 OK
Span 1
R 3000 250 15 2100 200 0 10 300 3000 10 300 785.4 205 -493 131.65 30.532 73.15 0.005 0.01107 1452.1739 3315.92 3315.92 563.6 1.143 OK
L 5275 250 8 1120 125 0 0 150 5275 10 300 1381 205 -63 131.65 30.532 27.20 0.005 0.016 1452.1739 2094.77 2094.77 276.2 4.387 OK
SL-55
M 5275 250 8 1120 205 0 0 150 5275 10 300 1381 205 297 131.65 30.532 27.20 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 2094.77 2094.77 406.3 1.367 OK
Span 1
R 5275 250 8 1120 205 0 0 150 5275 10 300 1381 205 -214 131.65 30.532 27.20 0 0.02 1452.1739 2094.77 2094.77 406.3 1.899 OK
L 3350 250 5 700 205 0 0 150 3350 10 300 877.03 205 -44.6 131.65 30.532 26.95 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 1313.95 1313.95 255.0 5.721 OK
SL-56
M 3350 250 5 700 205 0 0 150 3350 10 300 877.03 205 85.7 131.65 30.532 26.95 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 1313.95 1313.95 255.0 2.976 OK
Span 1
R 3350 450 5 700 405 3350 16 300 3350 10 300 3122.2 405 -710 260.09 60.319 45.18 0.005 0.025 1452.1739 2075.36 2075.36 803.8 1.131 OK
L 3350 250 7 980 125 0 0 150 3350 10 300 877.03 220 -208 141.28 32.766 33.99 0.005 0.01437 1452.1739 1720.56 1720.56 219.0 1.052 OK
SL-147
M 3350 250 7 980 185 0 0 150 3350 10 300 877.03 220 143 141.28 32.766 33.99 0.005 0.02055 1452.1739 1720.56 1720.56 304.4 2.134 OK
Span 1
R 3350 450 7 980 385 3350 16 300 3350 10 300 3122.2 420 -921 269.72 62.553 51.96 0.005 0.0231 1452.1739 2481.97 2481.97 941.0 1.021 OK
L 3350 450 7 980 385 3350 16 300 3350 10 300 3122.2 420 -478 269.72 62.553 51.96 0.005 0.0231 1452.1739 2481.97 2481.97 941.0 1.967 OK
SL-147
M 3350 450 7 980 385 0 0 150 3350 10 300 877.03 420 -153 269.72 62.553 29.32 0.005 0.02321 1452.1739 1720.56 1720.56 654.6 4.288 OK
Span 3
R 3350 450 7 980 385 3350 16 300 3350 10 300 3122.2 420 -461 269.72 62.553 51.96 0.005 0.0231 1452.1739 2481.97 2481.97 941.0 2.042 OK
L 7350 250 8 1120 125 0 16 150 7350 10 300 1924.2 220 -152 141.28 32.766 16.34 0.005 0.01567 1452.1739 2279.00 2279.00 333.3 2.196 OK
SL-126
M 7350 250 8 1120 185 0 0 150 7350 10 300 1924.2 220 331 141.28 32.766 16.34 0.005 0.02156 1452.1739 2279.00 2279.00 430.9 1.303 OK
Span 1
R 7350 250 8 1120 185 0 16 150 7350 10 300 1924.2 220 -59.8 141.28 32.766 16.34 0.005 0.02156 1452.1739 2279.00 2279.00 430.9 7.209 OK
SL-110 L 3000 250 5 700 185 0 16 150 3000 10 300 785.4 220 -113 141.28 32.766 29.27 0.005 0.02133 1452.1739 1282.87 1282.87 231.4 2.045 OK

M 3000 250 10 1400 185 0 0 150 3000 10 300 785.4 220 159 141.28 32.766 50.72 0.005 0.01427 1452.1739 2299.40 2299.40 386.2 2.428 OK
R 3000 450 10 1400 385 0 16 150 3000 10 300 785.4 420 -769 269.72 62.553 53.28 0.005 0.02309 1452.1739 2299.40 2299.40 845.3 1.099 OK
L 6700 250 8 560 125 6700 14 300 6700 10 300 5192 220 -227 141.28 32.766 27.01 0 0.01015 1452.1739 2573.98 2573.98 461.2 2.033 OK
SL-111 M 6700 250 8 1120 185 0 0 150 6700 10 300 1754.1 220 303 141.28 32.766 24.28 0.005 0.02142 1452.1739 2221.29 2221.29 410.7 1.357 OK
R 6700 250 8 1120 125 0 16 150 6700 10 300 1754.1 220 -59.2 141.28 32.766 24.28 0.005 0.01529 1452.1739 2221.29 2221.29 313.1 5.289 OK
Bending moment of design strips in X-direction subjected to ULS load combination Bending moment of design strips in Y-direction subjected to ULS load combination

NUCE Final Project

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

NUCE Final Project

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

SKY GARDEN TOWER 16 QUANG TRUNG - DOCUMENTATION

PART I: ARCHITECTURE ............................................................................... 2

PART II: STRUCTURE ................................................................................... 21

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 i

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 ii

2. Interaction diagram of shear wall W1-9 to W8-9 ................................. 74

PART III: CONSTRUCTION .........................................................................147

1. Project location ...............................................................................148

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 iv

2. Pile cap PC-1 ..................................................................................199

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 v

14. 1st floor slab construction .................................................................224

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 vi

ANNEX B: Design summary of beams of axis F-F...............................................261

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 vii

Nguyen Manh Cuong

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 1

 Architectural solution of the building

 Drawing plans layout and sections

 Technical and infrastructure solutions

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 2

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 3

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 4

Figure I- 1: Location of project

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 5

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 6

7. Scale and general feature

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 7

II. ARCHITECTURE SOLUTION

Figure I- 2: Architectural elevator of Sky Garden Towers

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 8

Figure I- 3: Basement architectural plan

Figure I- 4: Mezzanine basement architectural plan

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 10

Figure I- 5: 1st floor architectural plan

Figure I- 6: 2nd to 6th floors architectural plan

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 12

Figure I- 7: 7th and 8th floor architectural plan

Figure I- 8: Technical floor architectural plan

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 14

Figure I- 9: Typical floor architectural plan

Figure I- 10: Penthouse architectural plan

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 16

Figure I- 11: Penthouse architectural plan 2

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 17

Figure I- 12: Roof floor architectural plan

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 19

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 20

 Design of frame of axis F

 Design of 2nd floor slab using post-tensioned flat slab

 Establish foundation plan

 Design of foundation for frame of axis F

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 21

CHAPTER I: SOLUTION IN STRUCTURE

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 22

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 23

No. Steel grade Application

1 AI Rebar with the diameter

2 AIII Rebar with the diameter d 

Rsw =290 (Mpa)

II. SOLUTION FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 24

Student: NGUYỄN MẠNH CƯỜNG ID: 32458 Class: 58XE2 25